ml
iiliiiliiWIIi
.' '!
■lllllliiJllll
m
llill' "
hiijllijll
'siV,
■t!
'"'' iiiyiiiiii
ill
mlmM
""'iiiiiiiii
Mm
JH??;
J- f
THE
NAUTILUS
A QUARTERLY JOURNAL
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS
OF CONCHOLOGISTS
VOL. 65
JULY, 1951 to APRIL, 1952
EDITORS AND PXTBLISHEBS
HENRY A. PILSBRY
Curator of the Department of MoUiisks and Marine Invertebrates,
Academy of Natural Sciences
H. BURRINGTON BAKER
Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania
Philadelphia, Pa.
LANCASTER PRESS, INC., LANCASTER, PA.
CONTENTS
Names of new genera and species in italics.
Africa 102
Akera thompsoni Olsson & McGinty (2) : plate 3
Alabama 23
American Malacological Union 66, 143
Amnicola pilshryana, A. pilshryi Baily & Baily 50, 144
Anodontites nicaraguae 32
Antalis 17, 33
Arion intermedins 54
Arkansas 109
Asia 114
Atlantic 6, 26, 37, 43, 69, 70, 73, 83
Aiistralorhis amphiglyptus Pilsbry 3
Australorhis hahiensis megas Pilsbry 4
Barnea truncata 73
Brazil 3
Bulimulus diaphanus 69
Caecum himinicola Pilsbry (1) : plate 1 ; (2) : 69
California marines 1, 15, 55, 135, 143
Carychium costatum Hubrieht 59
Clathrus venado Olsson & Smith 45
Crepidula maculosa 83
Cyclostremisciis major Olsson & Smith 46
Dates of The Nautilus 32
Dentale 17
Dentiscala clarhi Olsson & Smith 45
Discus rotundatus 34, 105
Distortio constricta floridana Olsson & McGinty 27
Dredging 37
Drymaeus multilineatus eboreiis Grimshawe 34, 69
Epitonium chalceum Olsson & Smith 44
Fauxulus agulhasensis Pilsbry 102
Florida, inland ^ 106, 107
Florida, marine 6, 26, 37, 69, 83
Great Basin lakes 46, 85
Heath, Harold 28
Helisoma hinneyi ursolacustre Baily & Baily 47, 87
Helix aspersa 75
Idaho 46, 85
Illinois 35, 57
67793
iv THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
Kansas 130, 144
Limacidae 20
Macf arland, Frank Mace 30
Maryland 57
Massachusetts 70
Mexico 109
Microceramus, type species 106, 107
Missouri 57
Nassariidae, key to Pacific species 15
Nevada 46, 85
New Jersey 132
New York 34, 54, 100, 105
Nomenclature, infra-subspecific 139
naiades 93
Pseudotrochus 137
Renier 8
Scaphopoda 17
North Carolina 20, 57, 80
Oklahoma 109
Olividae 55
Ortmann's letters 23
Ostrea weheri Olsson 6
Oxychilus draparnaldi 70
Pacific, northern 1, 15, 33, 135, 143
tropical 27, 43, 44, 55, 74, 120
western 77
PalUfera mutdbilis Hubricht 57
Panama 105
Pennsylvania 23, 103
Persian Gulf 114
Philomycus carolinianus coUinus Hubricht 21
Physa lordi zomos Baily & Baily 47, 89
Platydoris macfarlandi Hanna 1
Pomacea cumingii 105
Poromya malespinae & P. oregonensis 33
Pseudotrochus 137
Publications received 36, 71, 107
Puerto Rico 69
Punctum (Pseudopunctum) lamellatum Hubricht 58
Pyrgulapsis nevadensis paiutica Baily & Baily 52
Renier 's "Tavole" 8
Robertson, Harold R 68
Serpidorhis fargoi (see V ermicularia f.) pi. 1
Shells occupied by tanaids 74
South Carolina 57, 80
Strombus pugilis alatus 70
April, 1952] the nautilus v
Strong, A. M 142
Tennessee 23, 35, 57, 109
Terebra (Strioterebrum) hoffmeyeri Abbott 78
Texas 109, 144
Triodopsis fulciden, T. messana & T. pendula Hubricht . . 80-82
Type selections 32, 106, 107, 137
Utah 46, 75, 85
Valvata utahensis horatii Baily & Baily 50
V ermicularia fargoi Olsson 7
Virginia 20, 57, 80, 122
Virgin Islands 69
West Virginia 57
Wisconsin 127
Woodringilla & W. glyptylus Pilsbry & Olsson (Vitrinellidae) 43
Wyoming 60
INDEX TO AUTHORS
Abbott, R. Tucker 33, 77
Alexander, Robert C 73, 132
Baker, H. Burring:ton 32
Baily, Joshua L., Jr 143
Baily, Joshua L., Jr. & Ruth Ingersoll Baily 46, 85
Bennett, Susan A 70
Bretet, Roger, & Edwin J. Carswell 100
Chace, Elsie M 142
Clench, William J 69, 69, 70
Demond, Joan 15
Drake, Robert J 120
Emerson, William K 17, 139
Gifford, D. S., & E. W 55
Grimshawe, C. N 34
Haas, F 114
Hanna, G. D 1, 28, 30
Heilman, Robert A 103
Howard, Arthur D 74
Hubricht, Leslie 20, 57, 80
Jacobson, Morris K 34, 109
Jeffries, Frank L 122
Johnson, Richard 1 32
Keen, A. Myra 8
Knight, Howard 75
Krutsch, Philip H 130
Levi, Lorna R., & Herbert W 60
Morrison, J. P. E 105, 106
Olsson, Axel A 6
Olsson & Thomas L. McGinty 26
Olsson (Pilsbry &) 43
Olsson & Maxwell Smith 44
Pilsbry, H. A. . 3, 33, 69, 102, 107, 137
Pilsbry & A. A. Olsson 43
McGinty, Paul L. & Thomas L. (Thompson &) 37
McGinty, Thomas L. (Olsson &) 26
Roscoe, Ernest J 144
Schalie, Henry van der 23, 93
Smith, Maxwell (Olsson &) 44
Solem, Alan 127
April, 1952] the nautilus vii
Stingley, Dale V 83
Stohler, R 135
Teskey, Margaret C 54, 66, 143
Thompson, Arthur R., & Paul L. & Thomas L. McGinty ... 37
Webb, Glenn R 35
The Nautilus
Vol. 65 JULY, 1951 No. 1
A NEW WEST AMERICAN NUDIBRANCH MOLLUSK
By G. D. HANNA
California Academy of Science
A few minutes before Dr. F. M. MacFarland collapsed on
February 21, 1951, he discussed with me the generic position of
a rather remarkable species of nudibranch which had been col-
lected a few weeks previously. He unquestionably would have
described this animal in his very thorough manner had fate per-
mitted. As a poor substitute, I will endeavor to place it on
record and it seems fitting that it be named for him.
Platydoris macfarlandi, new species. Plate 2, figures 1-5.
Animal greatly flattened and broadly oval in shape; deep
dark red above when alive, fading to a dull vinaceous gray in
alcohol ; light gray, almost white below ; mantle flexible and
edges sharp. Rhinophores placed 8 mm. from the anterior man-
tle margin and separated by 11 mm. ; they are retracted as pre-
served leaving two small lighter colored knobs. Gill retracted
into aperture which is centrally located and 13 mm. from pos-
terior margin of mantle. Otherwise, upper surface dull velvety
smooth. Foot truncate anteriorly, tapering to a point pos-
teriorly. Labial palps well developed. Reproductive aperture
on the right side, 10 mm. back from the head ; cloaca evaginated
in the holotype, but the spicular lining not showing ; this is very
apparent in one of the paratypes.
Holotype No. 9510, Calif. Acad. Sci. and paratypes (nos. 9511,
9512) from Loc. 33,248, C. A. S., collected October 23, 1950, off
Pismo Beach, San Luis Obispo Bay, 86-88 fms., by Wm. Ellis
Ripley, Keith W. Cox, and J. B. Phillips of the Calif. Division of
Fish and Game while conducting fishery investigations with the
vessel N. B. Sco field; (Fish and Game) field No. 50-B-59. One
additional specimen was collected 7-10 miles southwest of Pt.
2 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
San Luis in 70-110 fms. Loc. 33,249, C. A. S. From 11/5/50
to 11/7/50.^
Dr. MacFarland told me that these specimens belonged to the
genus Platydoris Bergh,^ the description of which is repeated
in the Zool. Rec. for 1877, Moll., p. 51. Sixteen species were
included, the first being "D. argo (argus) " (L.), Most of
these are from European waters, but one, alaleta, is recorded
from the West Indies and one is from the Philippine Islands.
He also stated that there was a possible conflict of this genus-
name with "Argus" of Bohadsch.^
Bohadseh's names have been a source of confusion for many
years. Pilsbry * rejected them on the ground that the work was
not binomial. Iredale and O'Donoghue^ adopted them, how-
ever. Sherborn ® listed both "Argo" and "Argus" as of
Bohadsch 1761, the first in quotes followed by * ' Herrmannsen
V. Argu^." No species were cited under either name because
Bohadsch considered a species-name unnecessary when there
was only one in a genus. Both genus names, Argo and Argus,
are listed in the Berlin Nom. Animal, gen. & subgen., 1926,
Vol. 1, and in Neave, Nom. Zool., 1939, Vol. 1.
Engel ^ discussed the status of the names of Bohadsch at
length and on pp. 533-534 he considered the name Argus, which
he said "is our Platydoris argo." Although Bohadsch cited no
specific name in connection with the description of the genus
Argus, Engel stated : "When a man quotes the rules of Linnaeus,
tries to use them, discusses their application, it is my opinion
that his work has to be regarded as valid, unless it be invalidated
by an opinion of the Commission on Nomenclature. As Linne's
1 This nudibranch was collected somewhere between stations 50 B.72 and
50 B.82, Nov. 5, 6, and 7, 1950. The area dredged was off Pismo Beach.
Worked both north and south, 7-10 miles. The specimens turned in were
all together in one jar and labeled stations 50 B.72-82 — Nov. 5, 6, and 7th,
1950.
2 Bergh, E. Kritische Untersuchen der Ehrenberg 'schen Doriden. Jahrb.
d. Malakozool. Ges., Vol. 4, 1877, pp. 73-74.
3 Bohadsch, J. B. De Quibusdam Animalibus Marinis, 1761, pp. 65-74,
pi. 5, figs. 4-5.
4 Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1895, pp. 347-350.
5 Iredale and O 'Donoghue, Proc. Mai. Soc. London, Vol. 15, 1923, p. 195.
sSherborn, C. D., Index Anim., 1758-1800 (1902), p. 73.
7 Engel, H., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 13, May, 1934, pp. 529-540.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 3
Rules asked for no specific name in a monospecific genus, it is
quite clear that Argus argiis is the type-species of the genus
Argus." Acting upon this belief Engel asked for an opinion
from the Commission in regard to the validity of Bohadsch's
names. This was rendered on October 17, 1945 (Opinion No.
185), the title of which is as follows: "Suppression of Bohadsch
(J.B.), De quibtisdam animalibiis marimis, 1761, and of the
German translation thereof published by Leske (N.G.) in 1776."
There was no dissenting vote among the commissioners so that
the early name Argus of Bohadsch is purely of academic in-
terest at this time.
NOTES ON SOME BRAZILIAN PLANORBIDAE
By H. a. PILSBEY
In the course of investigating some Planorbidae for Dr. Ottis
R. Causey, of the International Health Division, Rockefeller
Foundation, certain forms were encountered which gave occa-
sion for the following' descriptions and notes.
AusTRALORBis AMPHiGLYPTus, new speclcs. Vol. 64, plate 9,
figs. 6, 6a.
The diseoidal shell has on the left side a deep conical con-
cavity with subangular (narrowly rounded) border; the right
side is very slightly concave, nearly level, with subangular bor-
der. The periphery is rounded. The surface is smooth in the
peripheral zone, strongly costulate in both right and left con-
cavities, the riblets regular, in the direction of lines of growth;
wanting on the first two whorls. The aperture is rather nar-
row, less oblique than usual in this genus, the outer margin
being straight in profile.
Height 6 mm., diameter 13.5 mm. ; 41/2 whorls.
"Rio de Janeiro, Brazil," received from the Smithsonian In-
stitution. Type 21635 ANSP.
The chief differential feature of this planorb is the strong,
regular costulation of the walls of the right and left concavities,
not found in any other Australorhis seen or found in a search
through the literature.
4 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
It has been in the collection of the Academy for many years.
Some doubt of the locality may be entertained as it does not
seem likely that so distinct a snail could have escaped notice
in that locality, which has been visited by many naturalists,
and v^^here Dr. Lutz made an extensive study of Planorbidae.
AusTRALORBis BAHiENSis MEGAs, iicw subspccles. Vol. 64, plate
9, figs. 4, 4a, 5.
The discoidal shell has on the left side a rather deep cup-
shaped or conical concavity with flattened sides and an angular
boundary. The right side is flattened, with a smaller broadly
conical central concavity, and is bluntly angular near the
rounded periphery, the greatest convexity of the peripheral
curve being nearer the right side. The last whorl is rather wide,
the width of the spire, measured on the right side, being about
53 to 57 percent of the total diameter. The surface is rather
smooth, but shows fine wrinkles of growth under a lens. The
color of the type lot is sepia, but in several other lots more of a
tawny olive tint. The aperture is somewhat squarish but the
outer margin rounded, inclined about 45° to the axis, but the
obliquity is mainly in the left or lower half, the plane of the
right half being nearly parallel to the axis. The outer lip is
therefore concave in a profile view.
Height 9.4 mm., diameter 26.5 mm. ; about 6 whorls. Type.
Height 11 mm., diameter 30 mm. ; 6% whorls.
Petropolis, state of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, Type 186903
ANSP.
In this race the shell is larger and especially higher than A.
hahiensis (Dunker), and the whorls increase more rapidly, the
last whorl, on the right side, being much wider relative to the
spire than in A. hahiensis.
Dr. J. B. de Spix, who made extensive collections in the prov-
ince of Bahia and the Amazon valley, died before writing up his
mollusks. He left a series of plates drawn on stone, with the
names of his species lettered at the foot. Dr. J. A. Wagner
was engaged to supply the text. He had little regard for Spix's
names, substituting Lamarckian genera for new genera proposed
by Spix, and he frequently changed the specific names. In the
publication "Testacea fluviatilia Brasiliensis" (1827) both the
Wagner and the Spix names are lettered on the plates, but in
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 5
the text Spix's names, when differing from "Wagner's, are placed
in synonj^my.
Planorhis lugitbris Wagner ^ has embarrassed all conchologists
who have dealt with Brazilian planorbs. It was described from
a specimen not figured, said to measure 3I/2 lines high, IO1/2 wide
(that is, about 22 mm. diameter), with four rounded whorls,
the last one inflated, cylindric. Wagner referred to an am-
biguous figure in Chemnitz, of about 15 mm. diameter, which
may represent Helisoma caribhaeiirti (Orbigny) or something
similar, as it is said to be "von Westindien." Wagner included
two forms of lugubris:
"a) Testa adulta, majore. [This is evidently the specimen
he described.]
"b) Testa juniore, minore : Planorhis nigricans, albescens et
viridis Spix, Tab. xviii, fig. 3, 4, 5, 6."
These species of Spix were from woodland brooks at Ilheos
and Almada, province of Bahia.
Professor Von Martens had an opportunity to examine the
originals of Spix's figures. He gave the results in Malak,
Blatter, 15 : 188, as follows :
"... das Original zu Fig. 4 und 5, PI. nigricans Spix (nicht
Fig. 3, wie auf der Tafel steht),- hat die Kanten kaum ange-
deutet, aber die Windungen doch ziemlich rasch, wie bei tenago-
philus zunehmend; dasjenige zu Fig. 6, nigricans [error for
viridis] Spix, ist kleiner, unten weniger tief und hat die Kanten,
namentlich die obere, besser ausgepragt, es nahert sich also noch
mehr dem PI. tenagophilus. Das Original zu Fig. 3, PI.
albescens Spix, scheint gar nicht hieher, sondern zu olivaceus
zu gehoren. "
It would seem that Spix's figures 4 and 5 (nigricans Spix)
agree with Wagner's description in having scarcely any indica-
tion of carinae. Fig. 4 measures 14.7 mm. in diameter, while
Fig. 6 {viridis Spix) is smaller and has a better developed keel.^
1 Test. fluv. Brasil., p. 27.
2 In the numbering of Spix's plate the numbers 3 and 5 are exchanged.
3 Dr. Adolfo Lutz described and figured a strongly carinate species under
the name Planorhis nigricans Spix (Mem. do Institute Oswaldo Cruz, vol.
10, fae. 1, p. 51, 1918), but it certainly is not that species though pos-
sibly it may be viridis Spix.
LIBRARY ' M
6 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
In our older collections there are specimens labeled P. luguhris
which agree fairly with Spix's P. nigricans so far as can be
seen ; but Spix gave only a view of one side, and there is no
description of his shells.
What is needed to clear the situation is a good collection from
the state of Bahia. In any case, it seems that P. hahiensis
Dunker is distinct from P. luguhris Wagner, whatever that
may be.
NEW FLORIDAN SPECIES OF OSTREA
AND VERMICULARIA
By axel a. OLSSON
OsTREA wEBERi, iicw speclcs. Plate 1, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Shell Anomia-like^ thin, amber or apricot colored, attached
usually by the whole surface of the lower valve, hence more or
less irregular in form by conforming to the rock bed under-
neath but with a general tendency for the outline to approach
subcircular. Cardinal area narrow, turned towards the pos-
terior side, with the ligament furrow in the middle, the area it-
self terminating in a small inconspicuous beak pointing back-
wards. The lateral margins on each side of the cardinal area
are minutely denticulated, pits in the left valve and small
pustules in the right; in some specimens these denticulations
may be nearly obsolete. Outer surface of upper valve covered
with fine, radial threads which are more or less divaricate along
the middle and spread out fanlike on the ventral portion (fig. 4).
The surface of the lower valve where it has become free or de-
tached without causing injury, is smoother with waved growth-
lines, the radials almost or wholly obsolete, its color white or
pink with faint rays sometimes showing on the extreme umbo.
Interior shiny, subnacreous, the muscle scar, posterior in posi-
tion, small and semilunate. Valve margin is bordered by a
darker zone, quite wide, formed by the growing outer layer.
Type, an upper valve from Key West: Height from beak to
ventral margin 37.1 mm., diameter across the sides 37.9 mm.
This fine species, wholly distinct from any other oyster known
from Atlantic waters, will be recognized at once by its Anomia-
like shell, deep, rich color and fine, thread-like, radial sculpture
of its upper valve. Although so much smaller, and always thin
THE XAUTILFS: ().') (1)
PLATE 1
1-4, Osliua inhiri. o, (i, 9, DisiorMio fioridana. 7, 8, Serpulorhi.^ faryoi.
1(1-1:2, DislorsU) chilliiiild. ]■'>, Caecum hiininicola.
THE NAUTILUS: 65 (1)
PLATE 2
Figs. 1-3. Plati/doris iii(icf(irJ<ui(li Haima, ii. sp. Holutyi)c> No. 9510,
Calif. At-ad. 8ci. Dept. Palrc!. Ty])f Coll.
Figs. 4-5. Plal iidoris iiKicfdrhuidi Ilaiiiia, ii. s|). r;n-atyi)c' No. 9511,
Calif. Ai-ad. Sci. Dept. Palco. Tyi)v Coll.
Fk;. (!. Dri/iiKic/is m nil il iiirdi h.s ihuriiis (iriiiisliawo.
Figs. 7-10. ('rcpUlitla niariilo.sa Conrad. Sanihcl Island.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 7
and delicate, Ostrea weheri is evidently nearest to 0. iridescens
Gray of the Panama-Pacific fauna. Young- specimens of iri-
descens have the same wide marginal band formed by the deeply
colored outer layer, fine, threadlike riblets, and denticulated
dorsal margins. Both species are completely marine.
We take pleasure in naming this species for Mr. Jay A. Weber
of Miami, Florida, who discovered it several years ago, at its
two known localities. Key West and on the Gulf side of Grassy
Key.
Type and paratype 187641 ANSP from Key West.
Vermicularia fargoi, new species. Plate 1, figs. 7, 8.
Adult shell large, the living animal free, apparently never
attached at any time. The Turritella stage is large (in the type
about 35 mm. in length and composed of 12 whorls), formed of
normally coiled M'horls between closed sutures, its base openly
umbilicate and forming a narrowly perforate axis continuous
through the length of the spire. As the coiling relaxes, at first
in a strictly spiral manner, the tube finally becomes drawn-out,
worm-like and irregular with no fixed pattern of growth.
Sculpture strong to moderate ; on the spire-whorls it is formed
by three primary spiral cords, one placed at the shoulder, a sec-
ond around the middle, and a third lies partly buried in the
suture but becomes exposed as the suture opens. The last
whorl has therefore 3 strong, nearly equal spiral cords on its
outer surface. A strong cord also forms the edge of the um-
bilicus producing a small but distinct canal at the base of the
lip. Space between the primary spiral cords is flat and marked
with fine spiral threads and sinuated lines of growth. Base of
tube between the peripheral and umbilical cords is flattened and
finely sculptured and a similar type of sculpture is found on the
umbilical wall. Color in life is usually a dark-brown or ashy-
blue, the primary cords flecked with brown spots.
Holotype : Length 35.5 mm. fig. 8. No. 187640 ANSP.
Paratype : Length 33.5 mm. fig. 7.
This is a common species in Tampa Bay, where it was observed
crawling about on the mud-flats at the cable crossing near Pass-
a-Grille by Mr. William Fargo, Jay Weber and the writer dur-
ing the past winter months. The types, of which measurements
are given above, are not completely mature but were selected
because of their well-preserved spires. Large specimen may
have a length of 70 mm. with the tube drawn out and twisted.
8 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
All the specimens collected or observed were individually free,
none entangled together as is common among other members of
the genus. It has been customary to lump all vermicularias into
a single species, V. spirata Philippi, but it is evident that sev-
eral distinct forms occur ; collectors are advised to watch for
these interesting shells and to obtain them alive if possible.
Nothing seems to be known as to the exact habitat of V. spirata,
and its soft parts should be studied.
THE MOLLUSCAN NAMES IN RENIER'S "TAVOLE"
By a. MYEA keen
Stanford University, California
Compilers of systematic lists in the Mollusca find it virtually
impossible to verify and evaluate generic names attributed to
S. A. Renier, for Renier's publications are almost non-existent.
Only a single surviving copy of the original folio edition of the
' ' Tavole " is on record, in the library of the University of Padua.
A photographic copy of this is in the British Museum (Natural
History), and a second one is now available in the United States.
Other unrecorded examples may, of course, exist.
Iredale (1922, pp. 87-90) reviewed the British Museum copy,
and his useful notes have been virtually the only information on
Renier hitherto available. He dismissed most of the names as
unacceptable on the ground that, like Poli's, Renier's are in
duplicate and hence, he felt, non-binomial. Now, however,
Poli's names are gradually gaining acceptance. It seems well,
then, to examine Renier's work anew, especially as Iredale over-
looked one name and did not discuss all of the problems involved.
In the bibliography of the "Index Animalium, " Sherborn
(1922, p. cvii) listed Renier's publications with these comments:
Prodr. osserv. Venezia 1804-7 (Not published except as the
following : )
Tavola alfab. Conch. Adriat. 1804.
Prosp. classe dei Vermi. 1804.
Tavola per serv. conosc. classif. Anim. 1807.
. . . [These] . . . were loaned to me by the University of
Padua, they are 30 single sheets folio, and photographic re-
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 9
productions were carefully made for the British Museum
(Natural History).
Evidently a duplicate photographic copy was made by
Sherborn for his own library. After his death it was listed
by a British dealer and purchased by the library of Stanford
University. Bound into this copy are some typewritten notes
and a collation in Sherborn 's hand- writing signed and dated
April, 1905.
All three of Kenier's papers are the initial parts of unfinished
works. The first was adequately reviewed by Iredale. The
second dealt mainly with worms. Like other workers of his
daj', however, Renier grouped a number of molluscan genera
in Vermes. Among the latter were some innovations — Scolixe-
dion,^ which will be discussed below. Discoides, indeterminate
as of 1804 but described in 1807, and Aglaia, also undescribed in
1804 but validated in 1807 under the spelling Aglaja.
Renier 's third work, the one most often cited, is entitled,
"Tavole per servire alia classificazione e connoscenza degle ani-
mali." It consists of eight synoptic tables covering five of the
eleven classes into which he divided the animal kingdom.
Although in his bibliography, quoted above, Sherborn listed
the date of the Tavole as 1807 and imprinted this date upon his
own copy, for some unexplained reason he dated all Renier 's
genera as "[1804]." In the earlier parts of the "Index Ani-
malium" he did not cite those names of Renier ending in -genus.
As Schultze et al. (1926-), however, included these in the
"Nomenclator Animalium Generum et Subgenerum" published
by the Berlin Academy, Sherborn later, in his volume of addi-
tions and corrections (1932), listed them all with the strange
notation, "... Renier, 1807 (i.e., 1804) . . . teste Nomen. Anim."
This action upon the part of one so careful about dates is dif-
ficult to understand. Neave (1939-1940) altered most of the
references to "[1804] 1807."
1 Among the few errors of recording made by Sherborn is his entry for
Scolixedion. The reference is given as Tavole, xx [1804], which should
read, "Prosp. . . . Vermi, xx, 1804." There is also a typographical error
in the quotation from Sherborn 's bibliography given above. He listed
Kenier's third paper as "Tavola" (the singular form of the word) in-
stead of "Tavole" (the plural) which he used elsewhere in the Index.
10 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
In order that the reader may have a clearer idea of Renier's
system, here are some sample entries from Tables VII and VIII,
taken at random near the top of each table. Three columns
of vernacular names are omitted; these alternate with the sci-
entific names.
Tavola VII
Classe V. MOLLUSCHI
Sezione I. Molluschi Acefali
Nome generico dei Nome generico delle Nome specifico di alcuni
Molluschi conchiglie conehiglie
1. Teredigenus .... Teredo jTer. navalis Lin.
\ Ter. hipalmulata Cuv. Eed.
2. Pholadigenus . . Fliolax [sic] Pli. costata Lin.
3. Fistulanigenus . Fistulana Lam Ter. clava Gmel.
4. Saxicavigenus . . Saxicava Fie. Bel Sax. striata Fie. Bel.
Tavola VIII
Sezione II. Molluschi Cefalati
75. Siliquarigenus . Siliquaria Lam Serp. anguina Gmel.
76. Vermicularigenus V ermicularia Lam Serp. lumbricalis Lin.
77. Arenarigenus vel Arenaria fLa conchiglia Serp. arenaria Lin.
Scolixedion j^L 'animale . . Scol. penulatnm Ren.
In all, 163 genera were mentioned, but 15 of these are no longer
considered mollusks (brachiopods, corals, barnacles, etc.), so
that the total is really 148 molluscan genera of which 63 are
Pelecypoda, 85 Gastropoda. Under a subhead, " Conchiligeni :
Nudi, " in Tav. VIII, Renier listed several nudibranch genera.
Only one, Discoides, is new. The name had been published in
the Prospetto . . . Vermi in 1804 as a nude name based on an
undescribed species. In the Tavole it is validated by a descrip-
tion," provided specialists can recognize the form described.
2 The description reads,
Dorse variocolorato. Ventre unicolare. Testa anteriore tra i margini
membranosi, quadrata, schiacciata, con la bocca inferiorniente, per la
quale esce proboscide tubulosa niacchiata. Tentacoli quattro, anteriori,
senza occhi, due sotto il margine superiore, sopra il collo, orecchiformi,
congiunto alle base, e due laterali nell 'estremita della testa. Aperture
due approssimata, anteriori e laterali a destra ; 1 'una per gli organi
f eminini, 1 'altra per i mascolini. Membro eirrif orme, lungo, indiviso,
imperforate? Senza conchiglia. Barcola vagando.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 11
Under a second subhead, "Conchig'lie univalvi, " Aglaja is
listed, with a marginal description ^ in the form of a key. The
generic name had been spelled Aglaki in the "Prospetto . . .
Vermi, " 1804, with Aglaja as the vernacular form, but in
Tavola VIII it is recorded as Aglaja without alternative.
If, for the sake of argument, one grants that all of Renier's
names are to be accepted at face value, two courses of action are
open : 1 ) To regard all of the names in the first column as
emendations of names in the second, which would seem to be in
line with principles of emendation recently set forth by the In-
ternational Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (1950, p.
148). 2) To evaluate each name in column 1 on its own merit,
in terms of the species cited in the third column.
Under the first alternative, most of the names of column 1
disappear, for nearly all of them are based on names of Lin-
naeus, Lamarck, Cuvier, and others, the ending -genus being ad-
ded. They would fall as absolute synonyms with the same type
species, whether or not that species was cited by Renier. How-
ever, a few Lamarckian names are homonyms, and an otherwise
invalid emendation would become available for use in replace-
ment. A complete list of these, plus the innovations which
Renier proposed, is as follows, preserving Renier's style and
order :
The sole species is Discoides nutans Eenier. Later authors have synony-
mized Discoides with Pletirobranchus Cuvier, but Renier, although bracket-
ing the tVFo under a larger category in his marginal key, distinguished
Discoides as being without, Pleurobranchus with, internal shell.
3 This description reads :
Corpo cilindraceo, anteriormeute rotondato, ed un poco schiacciato;
posteriormente troncato ; privo di tentacoli, e di occhi. Ventre smarginato
[ femarginato]. Bocca in una fessura orizzontale anteriore, e per la quale
il primo ventrieolo rovesciandosi esce in forma di proboscide. Pro-
luugamenti del manto membranosi due, liberi, aliformi, estesi, uno per
lato ; un terzo anteriore e superiore, aderente al dorso, libero ai margin! ;
un quarto posteriore formato a disco, in alcuni (A. dipinta) diviso supe-
riormente ed inferiormente, in alteri (A. tricolorata) soltanto inferior-
mente e con appendice. Branchie laterali destre e posteriori, pinnate
ed unite in piramide, eoperte dei prolungamenti del manto. Ano pos-
teriore nel mezzo al disco.
The names of the two species, given in the description in vernacular
form, are recorded in the table in the latinized form, Agl. depicta and Agl.
tricolorata. Although this is under the subhead * ' Conehiglie univalvi, ' ' the
words ' ' senza conchiglia interna ' ' precede the description.
12 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
3. Fistulanigenus . . . Fistulana Ter. clava Gmelin
11. Panopeigenus .... Fanopea Fauj J Pan. aldrovandi Fauj.
\Pan. faujas
23. Galateigenus Galatea Lam Gal. radiata Lam.
44. Hirundigenus .... Avicula Myt. hirundo Lin.
52. Marginelligenus . . Marginella Ken Mar. subtilissima Een.
55. Cystigenus Cystia Een J Cyst, nivea Een.
I^Osi. hullata Bor.
56. Imisigenus Imisia Een 7m. bisulcata Een.
77. Arenarigenus vel Arenaria JSerp. arenaria Lin.
ScoUxedion \Serp. penulatum Ken.
86. Piano spiri genus . . Planospira Fauj PZ. ostracina Fauj.
131. Nassigenus Nassa Buc. arcularia Lin.
If Sherborn's citation of the date 1804 for the Tavole were
correct, two generic names in current usage would fall : Egeria
Roissy, 1805, might be displaced by Galateigenus {Galatea Lam.
is a homonym) ; and Nassarms Dumeril, 1806, itself an emenda-
tion of the homonymous Nassa Lamarck, might be replaced by
Nassigenus. However, the occurrence of the name Panopea
argues strongly against a date as early as 1804. It is true that
Renier cited Panopea as of Faujas rather than Menard,* but this
is a kind of lapsus calami that occurs even today. The fact that
Renier cited the Panopea aldrovandi is itself evidence that he
was writing after the publication of the name, for the species
was not formally christened until Menard named it in January
(or April) 1807. It seems to me that this is good reason to date
Renier 's Tavole as 1807, posterior to Menard's paper whatever
the exact date of the latter proves to be.
Second are the innovations : Marginelligenus, Marginella,
Cystigenus, Cystia, Imisigenus, Imisia, ScoUxedion, Arenari-
genus, Arenaria, Piano spirigenus, and Planospira "Fauj."
Marginella, proposed for a pelecypod, is not only a homonym
4 There is a problem connected with the exact date and spelling of this
name. According to Dall (Proc. Malae. Soc. London, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 34-
35, 1912), the name first appeared in print as Panope in January, 1807 in a
privately printed 37-page pamphlet issued by Menard to record a paper he
had given a month previously at a meeting in Paris. Condensations of this
booklet were later printed in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. 9, pp. 131-139, in
April, 1807, where the name was spelled Panopea. A second condensation
appeared in Jour. Physique in August, 1807, with the spelling Panope.
Sherborn (1929, pt. 19, p. 4731) does not mention the January publication,
gives no evidence that he had studied Ball's testimony on the subject, and
dates the name from April, 1807, as Panopea. Tlie matter needs further
study.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 13
but a nomen nudum as well, and hence Marginelligenus falls
with it. Imisia and Imisigenus also are without indication,
based on an undescribed species. For Cystia and Cystigenus
two species are listed, a point which both Sherborn and Iredale
seem to have overlooked; hence, thej' are not nomina nuda.
Ostrea hullata Born is now allocated to Lima, sub<j:enus
Limatula, and thus Cystia, if not also Cystigenus, is a prior name
for the group of Limatula Wood, 1839. Arenaria is preoccu-
pied. Scolixedion would be a nomen nudum as of the Tavole
but it was validated in 1804 in the "Prospetto . . . Vermi, " for
Kenier not only described the soft parts (clumsily and not too
accurately, it is true) but also said, "Questo mio nuovo genere
. . . viene costituito fin ora dal solo animale che abita e che forma
la Serpula arenaria di Linneo. " Arenarigenus would fall as
a synonym, but Scolixedion antedates Serpulorhis Sassi, 1827,
unless Serpula arenaria Linne is a species dubium. Neave rec-
ords no Planospira of Faujas ; perhaps this is a lapsus for
Planospirites, for there is a Planospirites ostracina Lamarck in
Protozoa.
This leaves Fistidanigenus, Fistulana, and Hirundigenus.
Fistulana Lamarck being a homonym, Fistulanigenus might re-
place it save that Chaena Retzius, 1788, is available (type by
subsequent designation of Gray, 1847, Gastrochaena mumia
Spengler, a prior name for the Fistulana clava Lamarck). This
is fortunate, as Renier confused F. clava Lamarck with Teredo
clava Gmelin, member of a different family.
Pursuing now the second alternative, the implausible one that
the names in Renier 's first column are not emendations but are
validly proposed and are to be based upon the species cited, not
upon the type species of the earlier names — a course which is at
variance with principles suggested by the International Com-
mission of Zoological Nomenclature (1950, pp. 147-148) — the
following Avould have to be considered:
In the event Guettard's names are suppressed as non-binomial,
the first available synonym for Uperotus Guettard, 1770, a
genus allocated to Teredinidae by Lamy (1927, p. 275), would
be Fistulanigenus, based on Teredo clava Gmelin.
If by rigid interpretation Crassatella Lamarck is made a
synonym of Mactra (the sole species cited being M. cygnea),
14 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
Crassatelligenus, based on Crassatella gibha Lamarck, would
be the next substitute. It would antedate CrassatelUtes Kriiger,
1823, which is a nomen nudum.
Gryphaeigenus would be available for designation as type of
the fossil group of GrypJiaea arcuata if the International Com-
mission approves a petition now before it to make G. angulata,
a Recent species, type of Gryphaea.
A few other available names might be detected by diligent
search, but the task seems futile to me,^ for I do not agree that
these names ending in -genus are either validly proposed or
valid emendations. I have merely outlined the consequences
of such views.
It seems to me there is a significant difference between Renier's
scheme and that of Poli. Poli proposed, for several genera that
he recognized as new, two sets of names, one for the animal, the
other, ending in -derma, for the shell. Simple priority, under
Article 27a of the International Code, disposes of the synony-
mous members of these pairs of names. Renier, on the other
hand, listed all or most of the established generic names of his
day and suggested a means of reference to soft parts by the dis-
tinctive termination -genus. As he reversed Poll's procedure,
his synonymous names are not so easily dealt with if regarded as
scientific names, and line priority would favor the -genus mem-
bers of synonymous pairs. In Opinion 72 of the International
Code, there is ground for dismissing all of the names ending in
-genus as being neither new names nor emendations but merely
formulae for indicating that one is talking about soft parts.
As formulae they are not names in the systematic sense and may
be disregarded without the necessity of formal action. As I
think I have shown, none of these names would serve a useful
purpose if adopted. A few would displace familiar names,
and all are etymologically objectionable. Jettisoning them by
this device would save future systematists the need of citation,
which alone would be a useful economy of time and printing
space.
5 Eeproduction of the tables here, though desirable, is impossible, due to
the poor quality and great reduction of the photographic prints. Persons
in the United States interested in studying the work may consult the Stan-
ford University copy through inter-library loan.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 15
Renier's contributions to molluscan taxonomy, then, can be
reduced to four generic names only one of which, Aglaja, is in
current use. Two, Scolixedion and Cystia, will displace familiar
names unless suppressed by action of the International Commis-
sion or unless it can be shown that their type species are species
dubia. The fourth, Discoides, remains for specialists in Opis-
thobranchiata to evaluate.
Acknowledgments. — I wish to thank Drs. G. D. Hanna, Leo
G. Hertlein, and Siemon W. Muller, who read the first draft of
this paper and offered helpful criticisms and suggestions.
References
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1950.
Bulletin, vol. 4, pts. 1-21, pp. 1-651.
Iredale, Tom, 1922. "Book notes," Proc. Malac. Soc. London,
vol. 15, pts. 2-3, pp. 78-92.
Lamy, Edouard, 1927. "Revision des Teredinidae vivants du
Museum National d'Histoire naturelle de Paris," Jour.
ConchyL, vol. 70, pp. 201-284.
Neave, S. a., 1939-1940. Nonienclator Zoologicus. 4 vols.
PoLi, J. X., 1791-1827. Testacea iitriusque siciliae ... 3 vols.
Schulze, F. E., et al., 1926-. Nonienclator animalium generian
et suhgenerum, Preussische Akad. der Wiss., Berlin. (Com-
plete to "Zaphleg," 1940.)
Sherborn, C. D., 1922-1933. Index Animalium, Sec. 2 (1800-
1850), pts. 1-33.
KEY TO THE NASSARIIDAE OF THE WEST COAST
OF NORTH AMERICA
By JOAN DEMOND
This key includes all species of Nassarius found on the
west coast of North America from Cape San Lucas, Low^er Cali-
fornia, to Cape Flattery, Washington. It was devised after
careful study of collections at the California Academy of Sci-
ences in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, at Stanford Uni-
versity, and at both the Los Angeles and Berkeley campuses of
the University of California. Remnants of the Josiah Keep col-
16 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
lection at Mills College were also consulted. The key is based
entirely upon external shell characteristics of adult specimens.
The author hopes the key will prove a workable aid to west
coast conchologists.
A. Orang^e callus spreading over body whorl
Nassarius fossatus
AA. Orange callus absent B
B. Height of shell greater than width of body whorl C
BB. Height of shell approximately equal to width of body
whorl N. corpulentus
C. Distinct groove over dorsum of anterior canal D
CC. Distinct groove over dorsum of anterior canal absent. . . .
N. ohsoletus
D. Narrow shelf just at sutures E
DD. Shelf at sutures absent F
E. Raised ribs formed by axial lines present within aperture ;
shell sturdy ; maximum height, 26 mm N. perpinguis
EE. Raised ribs within aperture usually absent; shell thin;
maximum height, 37 mm N. calif ornianus
F. Callus spreading at least slightly over body whorl G
FF. Callus definitely delimited, not spreading over body
whorl I
G. Transverse sculpture of definite nodes H
GG. Transverse sculpture of ribs which do not form definite
nodes N. cerritensis
H. Shell white or with brown spiral bands on body whorl;
approximately 13 mm. tall N. iegulus tiarulus
HH. Shell dark brown or purplish, without color bands; ap-
proximately 18 mm. tall N. tegulus
I. Outer lip sharp and thin ; shell slender and elongate .... J
II. Outer lip swollen; shell not slender and elongate K
J. Nodes prominent on body whorl N. mendicus cooperi
JJ. Nodes absent or poorly developed on body whorl
N. mendicus
K. Canal relatively long and curved; shell 18 to 27 mm. tall;
whorls angular N. pagodus
KK. Canal short ; whorls not angular L
L. Transverse sculpture prominent on all whorls M
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 17
LL. Transverse sculpture prominent only on upper whorls;
dominant sculpture of numerous extremely faint spiral
lines encircling all whorls N. insculptus
M. Transverse sculpture forming nodes on body whorl; axial
sculpture of impressed lines N. versicolor
MM. Transverse sculpture not forming nodes on any whorls;
axial sculpture of raised lines N. catallus
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON THE SCAPHOPODA:
THE SUBGENUS DENTALE DA COSTA '
By WILLIAM K. EMERSON 2
During the preparation of a manuscript pertaining to the
genera and subgenera referable to the molluscan class Sca-
phopoda, an obscure supraspecific unit, evidently overlooked
by previous authors, was discovered. The genus Dentale was
proposed by Da Costa (1778 : 24) in his Historia Naturalis Testa-
ceorum Britanniae with Dentale vulgare Da Costa, 1778, as the
sole species. Dentale thus antedates by many years Antalis,
1846, which is generally used for the species comprising the
Dentalium entails hinne-D entaliuni vulgare (Da Costa) group.
This group is usually considered to be a subgenus of Dentalium
setisu lato in which the species possess weakly developed longi-
tudinal striae that tend to disappear in senescent stages, and
often have a V-shaped apical notch on the concave face. In this
subgenus the sculpture is developed to a much less degree than
in Dentalium sensu stricto.
Since this subgenus presents a rather complex nomenclatural
history which has led to considerable confusion, the synonymy
pertaining to the group is outlined below. Each unit proposed
for the group is discussed in chronological order.
Nomenclatural history. — While Antalis is generally ascribed
to H. and A. Adams (1854:457), Herrmannsen (1846:63) ap-
pears to be the first author to have made valid use of the genus.
1 Contribution no. 65 of the Allan Hancock Foundation, The University
of Southern California.
- Research Fellow, the Allan Hancock Foundation.
18 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
He allocated no species to the genus, but provided a brief diag-
nosis, "Tuhulorum genus a Dentaliis notis levissimis dis-
tinctum," which apparently validates the name. H. and A.
Adams (1854:457) assigned sixteen species, including Den-
talium entalis Linne, to the genus without designating a type
species. Pilsbry and Sharp (1897:37) designated Dentalium
entalis Linne, 1758 as the type species of Antalis H. and A.
Adams, 1854. The name Antalis was taken by Herrmannsen
and the Adams brothers from the pre-Linnean usage of Aldro-
vandus (1606) and many subsequent authors.
Gray (1847: 158) includes Entalis in his list of genera, refer-
ring to the type species as, ^^ Dentalium e. Desh. 1825."
Deshayes' monograph contains two species having the first letter
of the trivial name commencing withe the letter e, Dentalium
elephantiniim Linne and Dentalium entalis Linne. Since Gray
(1847) designated the former species the genotype of Dentalium
Linne, it is logical to conclude that Dentalium entalis Linne is
the species Gray (1847 : 158) indicated as Dentalium e, Deshayes,
1825 {= Dentalium entalis Linne, 1758). The genus Entalis
was first validly used by Sowerby (1839) with reference to an-
nelid worms, and is, therefore, not available for the scaphopods.
Agassiz (1846:33) lists Entalis Gray as first appearing in the
Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum (1840). While
this reference is not available to the writer, '^Entalis Gray,
1840," provided it was validly proposed, is a homonym of
Entalis Sowerby, 1839.
Newton and Harris (1894: 66) proposed Entaliopsis as a new
name for Entalis Gray, 1847, not Sowerby, 1839, with Dentalium
entalis Linne, 1758, as type.
Antale "Aldrovandus" was used by Sacco (1896:97) for a
number of fossil forms, including Antale vulgare (Da Costa)
which he designated as the genotype a year later (1897:98).
Several subsequent authors, including Kovereto (1900: 201) and
Cossmann and Peyrot (1917:4), have followed Sacco in this
usage.
Entalis Gray, 1847 and Entaliopsis Newton and Harris, 1894
are thus junior objective synonyms of Antalis Herrmannsen,
1846, while Antale Sacco, 1896 is a junior objective synonym of
Dentate Da Costa, 1778.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 19
Synonymy in summary
Genus Dentcdinm Linne, 1758
Type species: (by subsequent designation, Montfort, 1810,
p. 23) Dentaliitm elephantinum Linne, 1758, p. 785.
Subgenus Dentale Da Costa, 1778
Type species: (bv monotypy) Dentale vulgare Da Costa, 1778,
p. 24.
1778. Dentale Da Costa, Hist. Nat. Test. Brit., p. 24.
1846. Antalis Herrmannsen, Indicis Generum Malacozoorum,
vol. 1, p. 63; type: (by subsequent designation, Pilsbry &
Sharp, 1897, p. 37) Dentalium entalis Linne, 1758, p. 785.
1847. Entalis Gray, Proe. Zool. Soe. London for 1847, p. 158;
type: (by original designation) '^ Dentalium e[ntalis] Desh.
[ayes] 1825," p. 359 = Dentalium entalis Linne, 1758, p. 785.
Not Entalis Sowerby, 1839, p. 42 (Annelida, Serpulidae).
1894. Entaliopsis Newton & Harris, Proc. Malac. Soc. London,
vol. 1 (2), p. 66; type (by original designation) Dentalium
entalis Linne, 1767, p. 1263 = Dentalium entalis Linne, 1758,
p. 785.
1896. Antale Saeeo, Boll. Musei Zool. Anat. Com. E. Univ.
Torino, vol. 11, p. 97; type: (by subsequent designation,
Sacco, 1897, p. 98) Antale vulgare {Da Costa), 1778, p. 24.
Acknowledgments. — The writer is indebted to Dr. Harold
A. Rehder, Curator of Mollusks, United States National Museum,
for checking an inaccessible reference, and to the administra-
tion of the Allan Hancock Foundation for material aid.
Literature Cited
Adams, H. and A., 1854, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1,
vi, 484 pp., London.
Agassiz, L., 1846, Nomenclator Zoologicus, fasc. 9, Generum
Molluscorum, pp. xiii, 98, Soloduri.
Aldrovandus, U., 1606, De reliquis Animalibus exanguibus, libri
. . . 593 pp., Bononiae.
CossMANN, M., AND A. Peyrot, 1916, Conchologic Neogenique de
I'Aquitaine, Scaphopodes, Bordeaux Actes Soc. Linn., vol. 69,
"1915," pp. 157-186, pis. 1, 2.
Da Costa, E. M., 1778, Historia Naturalis Testaceorum Britan-
niae, or the British conchology, 254 pp., 17 pis.
20 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
Deshayes, M. G. p., 1825, Anatomie et Monographie du Genre
Dentale. Mem. Soc. D'Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 2, pp. 324-378,
pis. 15-18.
Gray, J. E., 1840, Synopsis of the Contents of the British Mu-
seum [not seen].
, 1847, A List of the Genera of Recent Mollusea, Their
Synonyma and Types. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1847, pt.
15, pp. 129-219. '
Herrmannsen, a. N., 1846-47, Indicis Generum Malaeozoorum
Primordia, vol. 1, xxvii, 637 pp., Cassellis.
LiNNEAUs, Caroli, [Linne], 1758, Systema Naturae, 10 ed., vol.
1, 823 pp., Holmiae.
,1767, Ibid., 12 ed., vol. 1 (1), pp. 1106-1269, Holmiae.
MoNTFORT, Denys De, 1810, Coucliyliologie Systematique . . .
vol. 2, 676 pp., Paris.
Newton, R. B., and G. H. Harris, 1894, A Revision of the
British Eocene Scaphopoda . , . Proc. Malac. Soc. London,
vol. 1 (2), pp. 63-69, pi. 6.
PiLSBRY, H. A., AND B. Sharp, 1897-98, in Tyron's Manual of
Conchology, Scaphopoda, vol. 17, xxxii, 280 pp., 32 pis.,
Philadelphia.
RovERETO, G., 1900, Illustrazione dei Molluschi fossili tongriani
posseduti dal Museo Geologico della R. Univ. Genova. Atti
Univ. Genova, vol. 15, 210 pp., 9 pis.
Sacco, Federico, 1896, I Molluschi dei Terreni Terzarii del
Piemonte e Delia Liguria. Boll. Musei Zool. Anat. Comp.,
R. Univ. Torino, vol. 11 (267), pp. 79-98.
, 1897, I Molluschi dei Terreni Terziarii del Piemonte e
Delia Liguria, Torino, pt. 22, pp. 1-129, pis. 1-10.
Sowerby, G. B., II, 1839, A Conchological Manual, v, 130 pp.,
24 pis., 2 tabs., London.
Winckv^orth, R., 1926, Notes on Nomenclature, 2. The British
Conchology of Da Costa. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol. 17,
pp. 10^106.
THE LIMACIDAE AND PHILOMYCIDAE OF
PITTSYLVANIA COUNTY, VIRGINIA
By LESLIE HUBEICHT
The present paper is the second installment on the land
snails of Pittsylvania County, Virginia. The first on the Poly-
gyridae, was published in The Nautilus, vol. 64, no. 1, July
1950. Other groups will be treated later as they become better
understood.
July, 1951 J THE NAUTILUS 21
Limax maximus Linnaeus. This species is abundant in all
urban areas throughout the county. Occasionally it is found
in the woods, where it attains a much larger size than in the
towns.
Limax flavus Linnaeus. Known only from two specimens
found in Gretna.
Limax marginatus Miiller. Common in gardens and waste
ground in Danville and Gretna.
Deroceras reticulatum (Miiller). Found occasionally in Dan-
ville and Gretna .
Deroceras laevc (Miiller). Common in all urban areas, along
roadsides, and in clearings and meadows throughout the county.
I have never seen a specimen in deep woods.
MUax gagates (Draparnaud). Common in Danville.
Philoniycus carolinianus carolinianus (Bosc). A common
species in the flood plains of the Dan, Roanoke, and Banister
Rivers.
Philomycus carolinianus collinus, new subspecies.
Differs from typical P. carolinianus in reaching a somewhat
larger size, in being browner, and in being without the two
rows of black spots. The color pattern consisting of a broad
dorsal band and a narrower latteral band on each side and
scattered, irregular, small spots between.
Type Locality: upland oak woods, 7.5 miles east of Wilkes-
boro, Wilkes Co., North Carolina. Holotype A.N.S.P. no.
187431, paratypes A9966, collection of the author.
Figure 405-f, page 757, H. A. Pilsbry, Land Mollusca of
North America, vol. II, is apparently of this subspecies.
Typical P. carolinianus is the form of the flood-plain woods,
while collinus is the upland form. It is the common Philomycus
of the Piedmont. Although not common in the mountains, it
has been found at an altitude of 4000 feet at Mountain Lake,
Giles Co., Virginia. It is common in upland woods throughout
Pittsylvania County.
Philomycus flexuolaris (Raf.). In Pittsylvania County this
species is found only on the bluffs along the Roanoke River from
the Smith Mountain Gorge to Altavista. This is a mountain
22 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
species occurring abundantly in western Virginia. It is not
found in the Piedmont proper, and I have not seen specimens
from west of the mountains.
P. flexuolaris was treated as a subspecies of P. carolinianus
by H. A. Pilsbry (Land Mollusca of North America, Vol. II, p.
786) but I believe it to be distinct as it differs in its color pat-
tern, in its anatomy, and its physiology. It frequently shows
a distinct oblique color pattern which is rare in carolinianus,
and the pigment spots are usually larger, and do not have the
sharp outlines usually found in carolinianus. P. flexuolaris and
P. c. collinus occur together in many places in western Virginia
and there is no intergradation. Not only is the dart sac smaller
in flexuolaris than in carolinianus, as noted by Pilsbry, but the
entire genitalia is distinctly smaller. While experimenting with
chlorotone for killing slugs, I tried too strong a solution on a
mixed lot. The collinus were not harmed but the flexuolaris
were ruined.
Pallifera mutahilis Hubricht. A common species in upland
oak woods, and along river bluffs.
Pallifera dorsalis (Binney). Generally distributed over the
county, but not abundant.
Pallifera secreta (Cockerell). Known only from two speci-
mens collected in a ravine near the Dan River, west of School-
field.
P. secreta is also known from a ravine, near Kibler Park,
below Pinnacles Power House, Patrick Co. ; bluff opposite Rad-
ford, Pulaski Co., Virginia ; and ravine, Hanging Rock State
Park, Stokes Co., North Carolina.
Pallifera fosteri F. C. Baker. A common species of upland
oak woods. It is the common Pallifera over the Piedmont and
Coastal Plain, occurring as far north as Washington, D. C,
south into Georgia, and east to Norfolk, Virginia, and Washing-
ton, North Carolina. I have not seen it in the mountains.
P. fosteri becomes mature in late fall and early winter and
lays its eggs under logs in January and February. The eggs
are adhesive, in elongated clusters of fifteen to thirty eggs, yel-
low, and surrounded by three membranes.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 23
ARNOLD EDWARD ORTMANN AS REVEALED BY
HIS LETTERS— II
By HENEY van DEE SCHALIE
Another instance of how keenly Ortmann used facts he gath-
ered is in a letter to Walker, dated Oct. 23, 1913. He men-
tioned that the topography of the Powell drainage in Campbell
County, Tennessee, is peculiar and that the features there indi-
cate a possible connection with New River (a tributary to the
Cumberland). He then states:
"It may be that Powell River, even the Clinch, once passed
through this gap and to the Cumberland, below the falls, and
thus might have been one of the routes by which upper Tennes-
see fauna reached the Cumberland."
Again in a letter to Walker dated Sept. 28, 1915 :
"Although most species are all over the upper Tennessee
drainage, there are quite a number which are restricted to cer-
tain parts only. This seems to indicate to me that the upper
Tennessee drainage of the present time has been formed by the
union of originally distinct systems. Remarkably enough, the
same facts turn up in the distribution of certain species of
river-crayfishes. ' '
Ortmann was aware of the limitations in zoogeographical
work. His desire to marshal substantial data before suggesting
an explanation perhaps accounts for his willingness to share
his ideas in correspondence with others rather than risk pub-
lishing them without substantial evidence. In a letter to Calvin
Goodrich (Mar. 22, 1920), he discussed at length certain stream
connections which might account for certain distributional pat-
terns observed by Goodrich and subscribed to by Ortmann.
Then he makes this significant statement:
"One thing is clear: when we begin to study the development
of the fauna of a river-system, our knowledge of the distribu-
tional facts must be complete. There must be no large areas,
like the uppermost Black- Warrior basin, of which we do not know
anything. H. H. Smith has done wonderful work in the Ala-
bama-drainage, but his work has not been completed — so much
more in his untimely death to be regretted."
24 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
A few days later in another letter (Mar. 26, 1920) to Goodrich,
he wrote :
"This much is sure that the history of the Cumberland,
Tennessee, and Alabama drainages, and the history of their
faunas is extremely interesting, but also quite complex. But
the first thing to be done is to get complete records of the dis-
tributional facts."
And pursuing the same basic ideas, he wrote (Dec. 3, 1920) :
"Now, it is all-important that these views should be tested
in other groups of fresh-water life. If your studies on the
Anculosae can furnish any data which bear upon this they will
be very important, and no matter what your conclusions are,
the establishment of the distributional facts and the affinities of
the forms concerned will be of lasting value. Thus I would en-
courage you to go ahead: you may make mistakes in the in-
terpretation of the facts (just as I may have made mistakes in
the above sketch of the history of the Naiad-fauna) but these
can be corrected and the various facts reconciled when more
studies of this sort, in other groups, have been made. But a
beginning should be made."
An indication of how prepossessed he was with the implications
of the zoogeographical facts he and his colleagues were gather-
ing is found in the following quotations taken from letters to
Calvin Goodrich : On Nov. 6, 1923, he was concerned about the
peculiar way the lower Tennessee runs northward when he
wrote :
* ' I am all the time pondering over the question of the former
Tennessee drainage. There is hardly any doubt that once it
must have gone into the Mississippi Embayment (Upper Cre-
taceous). The Tennessee may have developed its present course
in the same way as, for instance, the Delaware between Pennsyl-
vania and New Jersey, between Trenton and Philadelphia, run-
ning parallel to the shore-line. This is explained by the pres-
ence of softer and harder rocks, running in belts parallel to the
shore (in a "belted Coastal Plain"). But this is, so far, only
the "general idea": particulars can only be found out by a close
study of the local conditions."
And a week later (Nov. 14, 1923) he wrote :
' ' This is only a very general sketch, and there were additional
changes of drainage. The headwaters of the Tennessee (above
Knoxville) originally belonged to the Upper Cumberland, but
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 25
were deflected (in Tertiary) soiithwestwards to the Hiwassee-
Tennessee (the Hiwassee is the old head of Tennessee, from
Chattanooga do-wTiward). But apparentl}^ there were other
changes upon the Plateau, in Caney Fork, Duck River, and Elk
River drainages, complicating matters. I hope to be able to
tackle this question in the future (and this also involves the
relations to the upper Coosa and Upper Black Warrior which
do not exist !) . It is a fascinating study ; and I hope I shall not
go crazy over it : I am getting quite nervous over it at times,
and am dreaming at night about rivers and plateaus, and drain-
age lines, without being able to find a solution."
As is evident from the foregoing account of his interest in
zoogeography, Ortmann's studies were more apt to be profound
than shallow. He was well aware that he tended to stay close
to certain groups in his quest for facts and there are perhaps
those who might conclude that he ignored other groups of mol-
lusks. The following quotations show that he quite definitely
saw essential phases of the biology of the pleurocerids although
he left the details for others to work out. In a letter to Good-
rich dated Oct. 25, 1920, he wrote as follows:
' ' I have to answer yet your letter of the 12th of this month in
which you suggest that I might take up the study of the
Pleuroceridae.
"I have been thinking of this myself, and have repeatedly
made attempts in the past at least to identify the species col-
lected by myself, and have had rather indifferent and unsatis-
factory results. I was unable to devote considerable time to
this, and after I had come into communication with Hinkley, I
turned my material over to him for identification. This con-
cerns chiefly our Pennsylvania forms, and those collected in East
Tennessee (of which I have a very large number)."
Later in a letter dated Oct. 31, 1923, he wrote to Goodrich as
follows :
"I am very interested in what you say about the grading of
forms of Pleuroceridae of the upper streams into those of the
lower. You remember I have similar instances among the
Naiades, and Walker also, in the beginning, did not want to be-
lieve this. I feel rather sure that a similar phenomenon exists
in Lithasia geniculata-fuliginosa: my finds in the field imme-
diately suggested this to me, and remember, Adams has shown
long ago that this is also the case in lo, and I have been able to
confirm this. So I am much in favor of your idea."
26 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
In concluding, I would like to indicate briefly that Ortmann
had a good sense of humor. In a letter to Walker (June 24,
1913) he tells about his trip to Tennessee with Goodrich:
"Goodrich has collected many snails on our trip. . . . On our
first collecting day (Sunday, May 11, at Cedar Bluff) we were
arrested for 'fishing on Sunday,' but had the laugh finally on
the Chief of Police, because he could not prove that we were
'fishing.' Goodrich intends to write a story of our trip, and I
hope he will bring out this incident.^ We shall send a copy to
the chief of police, who apparently took us for very dangerous
fellows, inquiring whether we were armed, etc."
On July 6, 1913, Ortmann, who was in the field in Bristol, Vir-
ginia, wrote a letter to Walker telling about his field experiences.
At the end of the letter he appended the following ditty :
"All things come to him who waits
But I know a rule that's slicker,
The man who goes after what he wants
Will get it all the quicker."
and as a postscript he added :
"It's awfully hot here; but I had a fine swim in the Holston
after I was through with the shells."
A DISTORSIO NEW TO THE FLORIDA FAUNA
By axel a. OLSSON and THOMAS L. McGINTY
On Easter Sunday, March 25th, the senior author accompanied
the McGintys on the motorship Triton, on a dredging expedition
off Palm Beach. Among the many treasures obtained on that
fine day, is a Distorsio new to the Florida fauna. Other speci-
mens of this same species had been dredged by the McGintys on
former occasions, so the shell is not rare. Previously, the only
living Distorsio known from West Atlantic waters is the larger,
smoothly rounded and evenly cancellated D. clathrata of Lam-
arck.
Dall in the Blake report mentioned two forms of Distorsio in
the West Indian-Caribbean region, for which he used the names
1 Goodrich wrote about this incident in Nautilus, 27: 81.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 27
clathrata and reticulata. His "clathrata" is clearly the species
described herein as constricta floridana, a Panama-Pacific stock;
his second species called "reticulata" is the true clathrata of
Lamarck. The type illustration of D. clathrata, upon which its
identification must be based, is that of Bruofuiere in the Encyclo-
pedic Methodique, vol. 2, pi. 413, fig. 4. This is the simple-corded
Distorsio obtained commonly by shrimp fishermen at Key West.
Young specimens are shown in our Plate 1, figs. 10, 11, 12. It
is the usual shallow-water species found at Lake Worth and
other localities along the Florida coast. In life it has a thin,
straw-colored epidermis, closely adherent, with a single, large
bristle arising from each node of intersection of axials and
spirals. Its protoconch is relatively large, turbinate, of about
5 convex, smooth whorls of a brown or honey color. When per-
fectly fresh the protoconch has a thin epidermis, usually form-
ing a small crown, but this is soon lost (see fig. 12). Distorsio
reticulata of Link and Roding is an Indo-Pacific species, based
on Martini's figure in the Conch. Cabinet, vol. 2, figs. 405, 406;
in the text these figures are named Cassis vera, Distorsio reticu-
lata, alba, and the locality is specifically given as Kiiste von
Hitoe. There are excellent specimens of this species in the
Academy's collection from the Philippines.
The new form, herein designated subspecies floridana, is re-
lated to the Panama-Pacific group of D. constricta Broderip, a
fairly common shell along the Ecuadorian coast northward to
Panama. This group is represented in the Miocene of Bowden,
Jamaica and Santo Domingo, where it is generally called D.
constricta simillima Sowerby. Allowing for some variation com-
mon to all distorsios, the apparent differences between the Florida
shell and the living Pacific constricta appears slight indeed, the
principal ones being its constantly smaller size and somewhat
longer, more slender anterior canal. In the latter character the
recent Florida shell is closer to the fossil simillima, so much so
that, were it not for their marked difference in size, they might
well be united under the same name.
Distorsio constricta floridana, new subspecies. Plate 1, figs.
5, 6, 9.
Shell relatively small, the type having a length of about 27
mm., another specimen measures height about 31 mm. Nucleus
28 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
is bulimoid, relatively large, of 2 smooth whorls, with the
change to the sculptured nepionic whorls abrupt. On the earliest
post-nuclear whorls the sculpture is formed by 3 simple spiral
cords, evenly spaced, and crossed by vertical axials enclosing
deep, square pits, the resulting pattern being a coarse reticula-
tion. There are small apertural varices scattered along the
spire-whorls indicating resting intervals, and on the fifth post-
nuclear whorl it begins to assume the sharply humped form of
the adult shell. As the same time, and as the diameter of the
whorls continue to enlarge, the upper two primary spirals spread
apart and smaller secondary and tertiary spiral threads appear
in the spaces between them. The body-whorl is sharply angled
on the back, the crest of the hump crossed by a double or triple
cord. Aperture partly filled by tooth-like projections from the
outer lip, the middle tooth largest. Anterior canal of medium
length, slender, bent backwards and upwards. Color in life
is yellow to brown, with a heavy, closely adherent epidermis,
setose, the individual hairs on the nodes shorter and less con-
spicuous. Protoconch smaller than in clathrata. Radula (fig.
9) taenioglossate, small, about 2^ times smaller than that of
clathrata, the central tooth with a width of 28ju,. Central tooth
wide, with a large middle cusp and 4 or more smaller cusps on
the sides. Lateral large, shaped Hke a lizard's jaw with a large
cusp in front, often a smaller one below, and with 10 or more
small cusps or serrations in line on the upper side. Uncini, two
at each end, are long, curved and pointed.
Type : Length 27.8 mm., diameter 15.5 mm.
Paratype ; Length 30.8 mm., diameter 15.3 mm.
Locality: Off Palm Beach, Florida, 30 to 40 fathoms. Type
and paratype 187684 ANSP.
HAROLD HEATH, 1868-1951
On April 22, 1951, malacology lost another of its distin-
guished devotees. Dr. Heath, as he was known to a host of stu-
dents and friends, passed away at his home in Pacific Grove,
California after a long illness. He left behind his wife Mrs.
Elsie Shelly Heath, two sons, Ronald and James, and a daughter
Mrs. Phyllis Heath Walker.
Dr. Heath was born June 5, 1868, in Vevay, Indiana. He
graduated from Ohio Wesleyan University and then obtained
Master's and Doctor of Philosophy degrees from the University
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 29
of Pennsylvania, the latter in 1898. After teachinf? biology at
Ohio Wesleyan for two years and at College of the Pacific for
one year he went to Stanford University in 1894 as instructor
in zoology-. In 1909 he became full professor, a position which
he retained until retirement in 1933. For 15 years he acted as
Scientific Director of the Pacific Grove Museum, a small but
outstandingly well organized institution.
He was primarily a fundamental zoologist and therefore at an
early date took up studies which he hoped would lead to a better
knowledge of the origin and development of Mollusca. This
necessarily required anatomical and embryological research of
the most refined technique. He became a master in the recon-
struction of involved anatomy from serial sections and the draw-
ings he made, sometimes with pencil, sometimes with pen, are
rarely equalled in scientific literature. He thought a study of
some of the lower groups of animals would give a clue as to the
origin of mollusks and the thesis for his Doctor's degree was en-
titled "The Development of Ischnochiton. " (Zool. Jahrb. Abt.
Morph., vol. 12, pp. 567-656, test figs. A-D, pis. 31-35, 1899.)
It was his interest in morphology that led to studies in Soleno-
gastres, culminating in the monograph of the group, "The
Solenogastres" (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, vol.
15, 1911, pp. 1-179, pis. 1-40).
The last of such laborious projects which was completed is the
great work on * ' The Anatomy of the Pelecj^pod Family Arcidae ' '
(Trans. American Phil. Soc, new ser., vol. 31, pt. 5, Aug. 1941,
pp. 287-319, pis. 1-22).
Dr. Heath preferred to leave the description of new species to
others ; therefore, he was probably not so w^ell known to the rank
and file of collectors as he might have been. Many species have
been named for him, however, and at least two genera bear his
name: Heathilla Hannibal (a freshwater Pliocene fossil) and
Heathia Thiele (a chiton).
His interests in natural history were broad. In 1903, 1904
and 1906 he was a naturalist aboard the U.S.S. Albatross in
Alaska, along the California coast and in Japan. In 1911 he
went to Brazil as a member of the Branner expedition and while
there he made a very large collection of reptiles and amphibians.
During the summer of 1910 and again in 1915 and 1917 he was
30 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
on the Pribilof Islands in Bering Sea making studies of the
fur seals. It was my good fortune to be with him during the
latter two summers and I learned more zoology then than in
all of the courses I took in college. The faculty which he had to
a superlative degree of inspiring enthusiasm among his students,
I later learned, was well known to all of his associates.
Few of those who knew Dr. Heath will ever forget his hearty
good humor and his masterful technique.
G. D. Hanna
FRANK MACE MACFARLAND, 1869-1951
On February 21, 1951, Dr. MacFarland died very suddenly
while approaching the entrance of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco, where he expected to attend the annual
meeting. He had been closely associated with this institution
for many years, having served on the Council from 1926 to 1932,
first vice-president, 1932 to 1934, and president for 12 years,
1934 to 1946. He also acted as director from 1934 to 1938 and
had been made an honorary member.
He was born in Centralia, Illinois, June 10, 1869. His under-
graduate work was done at De Pauw University where he re-
ceived a Ph.B. degree in 1889. From 1889 to 1892 he taught
biology and geology at Olivet College, Michigan and in June
1892 he went to Stanford University as an advanced student and
instructor. This institution became his home for the remainder
of his life. He received an A.M. degree in 1893 but chose to do
the remainder of his graduate work in Europe. During his
stay there he studied at the Marine Station at Naples and at
the Universities of Ziirich and Wlirzburg. At the latter he was
granted a Ph.D. degree.
At Stanford Dr. MacFarland was officially professor of his-
tology and he was a master in that difficult branch of biology.
He engaged in many other activities on the campus, one of the
most important having been his service on the Committee on Ad-
missions to the Medical School. Students and associates alike
respected him most for his remarkable aptitude in teaching, his
cordiality and his broad knowledge of world-wide scientific
literature.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 31
Systematic malacologists will miss him greatly because he
worked all of his academic life on a group which few persons have
chosen to study and fewer still have understood, namely the
Opisthobranchiata, including those marvelously beautiful tide
pool animals, the nudibranchs. Some of his better known pa-
pers on this subject are cited at the end of this obituary.
Dr. MacFarland was very exacting in his studies of these
organisms and in many cases he thoroughly investigated ana-
tomical details and histology as well as external features. Much
energy had been devoted to the preparation of a monograph of
the group as it is represented in west American w^aters, to-
gether with a bibliography to cover the literature of the world.
It is very unfortunate that he failed to see the work completed.
I have seen some of the manuscript and the incomparable illus-
trations prepared by his wife, Olive Hornbrook MacFarland,
who has assisted him throughout his career. Few if any west
American mollusks have been so completely studied as are many
of those treated in this manuscript. It probably will be pre-
pared for publication and if so it should rank along with the
great monograph by Alder and Hancock which appeared nearly
a century ago. It Avill be a fitting monument to a sincere and
devoted man.
List of Titles on Mollusca
1897. Cellulare Studien an MoUusken-Eiern. Zool. Jahrb.
Anat., vol. 10, pp. 227-264, 5 pis.
1905. A preliminary account of the Dorididae of Monterey Bay,
California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 18, pp. 35-54.
1906. Opisthobranchiate Mollusca from Monterey Bay, Cali-
fornia, and vicinity. U. S. Bureau Fisheries, Bull., vol. 25,
pp. 109-151, pis. 18-31.
1909. The Opisthobranchiate Mollusca of the Branner-Agassiz
expedition to Brazil. Leland Stanford Junior University
Publ. Univ., Ser. No. 2, pp. 1-104, pis. 1-19.
1912. The nudibranch family Dironidae. Zool. Jahrb., Suppl.,
vol. 15, pt. 1, pp. 515-536, 3 pis.
1923. The morphology of the nudibranch genus Hancockia.
Journ. Morph., vol. 38, pp. 65-92, pis. 1-6.
1924. Expedition of the Calif. Acad. Sci. to the Gulf of Calif,
in 1921. Opisthobranchiate Mollusca. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
ser. 4, vol. 13, pp. 389^20, pis. 10-12.
32 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
1925. The Acauthodorididae of the California coast. Nautilus,
vol. 39, pp. 49-65, 94-103, pis. 1, 2.
1929. (Co-author with C. H. O'Donohue.) A new species of
Corambe from the Pacific Coast of North America. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, pp. 1-26, pis. 1-3.
1929. Drepania. A genus of nudibranchiate mollusks new to
California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, pp. 485-
496, pi. 35.
1931. Drepanidu, new name for Drepania Lafont, preoccupied.
Nautilus, vol. 45, pp. 31-32.
G. D. Hanna
NOTES AND NEWS
Dates of the Nautilus. — Vol. 64, no. 1, pp. 1-36, pis. 1 and
2, was mailed July 5, 1950. No. 2, 37-72, pis. 3 and 4, and
frontispiece, October 27, 1950. No. 3, pp. 73-108, pis. 5 and 6,
Feb. 15, 1951. No. 4, pp. 109-144, i-vii, pis. 7 to 10, May 7,
1951.— H. B. B.
A Rectification of Some Central American Unionidae. —
At the time of publication of our paper "A Clarification of
Some Central American Unionidae described by R. A. Philippi"
(1951, Nautilus, 64, pp. 77-83), I w^as unaware of Dr. Fritz Haas'
earlier publication "Uber nord- und mittelamerikanische Naja-
den" (1930, Senckenbergiana, 12, p. 317-330) which modifies
some of my previous conclusions. Haas selected a lectotype for
Anodonta nicaraguae Philippi (p. 322, fig. 1) ; hence the speci-
men I selected and figured must be considered a paratype.
Haas regards the species as a variety of Anodontites trapesialis
Lamarck.
Haas also selected lectotypes for Anodonta cornea Philippi
(p. 321, fig. 3) and Anodonta atrovirens Philippi (p. 321,
fig, 2) and includes them both under Lea's earlier name,
Anodonta montezuma (1841, Proc. American Phil. Soc, 2,
p. 31; 1842, Obs., 3, p. 78, pi. 22, fig. 55) (Central America).
The type is presumably in the American Museum of Natural
History in New York City, being based on a single specimen
from the J. C. Jay Collection. All three of Haas' lectotypes are
in the Museum of Rouen, France.
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 33
Also in my previous paper "Morlet" should read in all in-
stances Morelet. — Richard I. Johnson.
Eastern Pacific Poromya and Cetoconcha Names. — Ap-
parently it has not been noticed by recent workers that Ride-
wood in 1903 inadvertently described two new species of Ceto-
concha in his "On the structure of the gills of the Lamelli-
branchiate" (Philos. Trans. Royal Soc. London, series B, vol.
195, pp. 147-284). Both were described as Poromya and in
each case figures were given of the characteristic gills and other
internal organs. One of these is Poromya oregonensis (no lo-
cality given). I can find no subsequent mention of this name
in the literature, including the Zoological Record, and because
no shell characters are given, it probably should be considered
a nomen diobium. I mention this so that an unnecessary
homonym may be avoided in the future. It is possibly one of
the species which Dall named later. Cetoconcha smithi, later
described by Dall in 1908, is mentioned in name only.
The first species, discussed and figured by Ridewood on p. 272,
appears to be sufficiently described, and the evidence strongly
points towards its being Cetoconcha malespinae Dall, 1916.
Ridewood says, * ' Professor Dall was good enough to send, among
other material, a well-preserved specimen of Poromya, dredged
from 1569 fathoms in the North Pacific, broad off the harbour
of Sitka, Alaska [same data given by Dall in 1916]. It is an
undescribed species, but Professor Dall tells me he intends to
describe it under the name Poromya malespinae." It would
be best, then, to refer to this species as Cetoconcha malespinae
Ridewood, 1903. The alternative, which does not seem to be
the wiser choice, is to consider malespinae Ridewood a different
species, or an unrecognizable one. This, however, would make
Dall's 1916 malespinae a homonym and in need of a new name.
— R. Tucker Abbott.
Antalis "Herrmannsen." — Dr. Emerson on p. 18 is in er-
ror in stating that Herrmannsen "provided a brief diagnosis"
of "Antalis Auctt. Aldrov. 1606." Herrmannsen merely re-
marked (in Latin, quoted by Emerson) that it is "a genus of
tubule shells distinguished from the Dentalia by very slight
characters," none of which are mentioned. He gave references
to various non-binomial works in which Antalis was mentioned,
34 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
but cited no specific name. By Opinion 5, a pre-Linnean name
does not become eligible by simply being cited by a post-
Linnean author. There is no evidence that Herrmannsen
adopted or accepted the few pre-Linnean names he listed, and
it is quite absurd to quote his remark as a "diagnosis," or to
give him as authority for Antalis. In the synonymy on p. 19
Dr. Emerson quotes me (Man. Conch., 17: 37) as designating a
type for '^ Antalis Herrmannsen." This is not the case; I gave
a type for Antalis H. & A. Adams. I mentioned Herrmannsen,
but regarded Antalis as pre-Linnean as listed by him. — Pilsbry.
Drymaeus multilineatus eboreus, new form. — The shell is
opaque ivory yellow with white apex and few to numerous un-
evenly spaced obliquely axial streaks of light chestnut on the
last two whorls, absent on earlier ones. Length 22.8 mm., width
10.3 mm. Plate 2, fig. 6.
A pure colony at northeast end of Little Pine Key, Monroe
County, Florida.
This race differs from D. multilineatus and from the variety
latizonatus by absence of the dark madder blue color of the
early whorls. Spiral peripheral and sutural bands are want-
ing, the blackish area around the columella is also absent in
eboreus, which is free from exaggerated markings. No examples
at all intergrading have been found. — C. N. Grimshawe.
Discus rotundatus (Miiller) in New York. — Mr. Roger
Bretet of the New York Shell Club recently found this Euro-
pean snail in Ft. Tryon Park. The park lies near the western
tip of Manhattan Island between West 193d and Dyckman
Streets. On June 1 the writer visited the locality in the com-
pany of Mr. Bretet and noted the following data regarding it.
The location of this colony, which includes an area of only about
15 feet by 8 feet, lies about 75 feet north of the south pedestrian
entrance from Riverside Drive. Further land marks are a flight
of stone stairs about 20 feet to the south of the site and a huge
elevated terrace a few hundred feet to the north. The colony
lives in very wet leaves to the right of the foot walk, at the base
of a steep rocky slope. The leaves are kept wet by a persistent
ground seepage and the presence of a small brook nearby. The
colony lives in a very limited area, since no signs of the snails
were found anywhere else in the immediate vicinity. This fact
July, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 35
may indicate a very recent introduction. Within the area,
however, the snails are fairly abundant on very wet, but not
drowned, leaves. We collected a round dozen in a very few min-
utes and saw signs of many more. The specimens are quite
typical in appearance, being however generally somewhat
smaller and decidedly more depressed than shells from Maas-
trich, Holland (L. Venmans) and Hohenaschau, Bavaria (H.
Friedrich). Specimens are in the collection of Mr. Bretet and
the writer.
The snails were associated with Oxychilus cellarius (Miiller),
Arion circumscripta Johnston (both immigrants) and Deroceras
laeve (Miiller). Elsewhere in the park Mr. Bretet found
Cionella lubrica (Miiller). The absence of such common native
species as Zonitoides arhoreus is noteworthy.
Although this is the first record of this snail in New York,
and one of the most notable finds in the area in recent years,
D. rotundatus has been reported from Ferryland, Newfound-
land, and Dorchester and Woods Hole, Massachusetts. (Pilsbry,
Land Molluscs of North America, 2: 617). The occurrence
in Ft. Tryon Park bears out Dr. Pilsbry 's statement that *'the
sporadic and urban localization of the colonies indicates ac-
cidental introduction." — Morris K. Jacobson.
New localities for Eumelus (Philomycidae). — Recent field-
work has yielded (summer 1949) living specimens of Eumelus
lividus Rafinesque from water-retaining holes in Basswood trees
(Tilia sp.) on the southeastern bank of Big Bureau Creek, about
2 miles northeast of Princeton, Bureau Co., Illinois. Also on
July 16, 1949, living specimens were taken by Virginia Pumphrey
and the author at Fox Ridge State Park, Coles Co., Illinois; the
specimens were secured from the brick retaining wall behind the
research laboratory, and from small wooden bridges about the
general area. In addition, a single specimen of Eumelus
ivethcrhyi wctherhyi (W. G. Binnej') was taken June 14, 1950
from a nut-sized hole in a boulder amid rock outcrops on a hill-
side about 3 miles east-northeast of Cowan, Franklin Co., Ten-
nessee, on route US 41A and US 64. This subspecies has not
heretofore been recorded from other than Kentucky. Glenn R.
Webb, Ohio, Illinois.
36 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (1)
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
The Pelecypoda or bivalve mollusks of Porto Rico and
THE Virgin Islands. By Richard A. McLean (Vol. 17, pt. 1
of Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, New
York Acad. Sci., 1951, 183 pp., 26 plates). — In this manual the
species are all briefly described and all are figured. The genera,
families and higher divisions are defined and there is an in-
teresting though brief discussion of the general classification of
bivalves. Convenient keys are provided to genera and species.
This handbook will be most useful to all interested in the
bivalves of Florida and the West Indies, as it includes most of
the generally distributed littoral species of these seas, providing
in one cover much information otherwise difficult of access to
many interested in our shell fauna. — H. A. P.
New records for the distribution of land Mollusks in
Nova Scotia. By Muriel J. Ord and Anne H, G. Watts. Proc.
Nova Scotian Institute of Science, 22 : 16-34. — Of the five slugs
studied only one had been recorded previously. This report
contains descriptions of each species, with figures of the living
animals and their internal anatomy, notes on their laying pe-
riods and eggs, and such characteristics of their habits as were
observed in the field and in captivity. — H. A. P.
Shell Collector's Handbook. By A. Hyatt Verrill. G. P.
Putnam's Sons, New York, 1950. — Mr. Verrill does not claim
that his book is "an erudite scientific treatise on sea shells,"
and suffice it to say, it is not. The book contains more inac-
curacies and misconceptions than are easily excused. For ex-
ample, the author confuses the anterior with the posterior of the
clam; expresses doubt as to whether pteropods are bivalves or
univalves ; and has an astonishing idea as to the function of the
pallet in shipworms.
The author discusses the romance and thrills of shell collect-
ing with charming enthusiasm, and this should prove inspira-
tional to neophite conchologists ; but it is to be hoped that in
the future Mr. Verrill will leave the scientific aspects of mala-
cology to men who are experts in the science, or else learn to
differentiate the anterior from the posterior, and that the pal-
lets of a Teredo — the plumber's friend — cannot be used as a
saw. — Richard I. Johnson.
The Nautilus
Vol. 65 OCTOBER, 1951 No. 2
DREDGING FROM THE CRUISER TRITON
By ARTHUR R. THOMPSON, PAUL L. and THOMAS L. McGINTY
Regarding deep sea dredging as a private venture, little de-
scriptive material concerning mechanized method appears to
have crept into molluscan literature since the days of J. B.
Henderson and his yacht Eolis, so it has occurred to the writers
that a brief account of our project, together with a few observa-
tions, might prove of interest at this time.
The dredging team of Thompson and McGinty had its inception
in the spring of 1949, when the senior author commissioned the
two juniors to purchase and fit out a vessel suitable for exploration
in adjacent Florida waters. The selection of a boat best suited
for this type of work proved more difficult than anticipated, but
finally the choice became a Chris-Craft cruiser slightly over 30
feet long, which, thanks to the wisdom of our skipper, was
powered by two Chrysler marine engines. Her cabin held sleep-
ing accommodations for four, also galley and toilet room with
running water, plus a cleverly arranged combination of table
and built-in seats to afford comfortable eating space, while the
cockpit, flush decked, was sufficiently roomy to permit a workable
arrangement of the dredging gear. Lois, our first mate (Mrs.
Thompson), appropriately chose the name Triton, it being not
only a well known shell, but also the name of a mythological char-
acter, the son of Neptune, who possessed the pleasant faculty of
calming the seas by the simple expedient of blowing upon his
conch-shell trumpet.
The actual installation of the dredging gear proved to be a
rather complicated technical problem requiring considerable fore-
thought and planning; but briefly, its nucleus consisted of a
7000-foot capacity Vs-inch steel cable, U. S. Army Type tow target
winch. This device, although intended for sleeve target control
in aircraft gunnery practice, is excellent for dredging purposes
37
38 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
following certain alterations. It was thought advisable to con-
vert the original 24- volt electrical system to gasoline power, using
a Briggs & Stratton motor with 6 to 1 reduction gear, and 4 to 5
horsepower size. A small cone type marine clutch was coupled
to the drive shaft to actuate the winch through double grooved
pulleys holding heavy "V" type belts, these affording an addi-
tional reduction of about 5 to 1, due to the difference in pulley
sizes. Handles to the clutch and winch brake assembly were so
arranged as to be conveniently accessible to a single operator,
while the cable indicator, a worm gear device showing cable on or
off the drum, was mounted overhead and clearly visible to both
winch and boat operators. The cable in our installation was
fed from the winch, which has a built-in level winder, over two
sturdy case-hardened horizontal rollers and between two verti-
cals, the iron frame holding the rollers extending beyond the
stern sufficiently to permit the dredge, in coming up, to clear the
boat by about two feet. Since the strain at this point would be
considerable, reinforcings were put into the interior of the boat
as a precautionary measure. Next, a swinging davit with three-
fall block and tackle was installed at the stern to aid in hoisting
the heavy dredge on board. The completed unit, mounted on an
iron plate and permanently secured in the after part of the Triton
cockpit, occupied an area slightly less than 3 by 4 feet, and pre-
sented a rather neat and efficient appearance.
Working in the strong current of the Gulf Stream things can
happen quickly, and often do, so a number of safety measures
were incorporated into the mechanism. Steel cable under high
tension is potentially dangerous, so a mesh guard was placed
above the cable feed in the hope of preventing a snap back into
the cockpit should the cable part. Actually, it has broken several
times but has not yet shown this dangerous tendency. In addi-
tion, a sharp ax is kept handy in case the dredge fouls on bottom
and following seas pile over the stern. Fortunately, it has not
yet been necessary to cut the cable, but we dislike dredging in
following seas because of this hazard. Another precaution was
the placing of a wire netting guard over the belt and pulley drive
to prevent the accidental entry of fingers or clothing into this
dangerous area. In the event of power failure to the winch, a
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 39
hand crank was provided, but thankfully, we have not yet been
obliged to bring it into action.
Perhaps the simplest way to explain the mechanical function
of the installation would be to describe the procedure followed
in making a typical haul, so, for convenience, let us assume that
the skipper is holding the Triton on a predetermined course to-
wards a likely dredging area, while the crew is busily engaged
in setting up the gear. The canvas cover over the winch in-
stallation is first removed, and it in turn snaps into fasteners
across the stern seat to form an apron upon which the dredge
contents may be dumped. Over this, in one corner of the seat,
is placed a large wash-tub of sea water into which fit screens of
varying mesh for the sorting of specimens from the mud and
rubble brought up by the dredge. Grease cups over bearings
are checked and filled if necessary ; the davit is swung overboard
and made ready for use, and then comes the attachment of the
sounding lead. This is done by using a swivel and screw shackle,
an arrangement w^hich permits rapid change from sounder to
dredge, or from one dredge to another.
Having arrived at the dredging area, bearings are checked with
shore, the vessel brought into dredging position with the current
off the stern, and the heavy sounder is lowered to give a depth
reading directly on the winch indicator. The little motor is then
cranked up, and quickly brings in the sounder from which a
sample of the bottom is obtained and the proper choice of
dredges is decided upon. This factor is best learned from ex-
perience, but we might say that for use over rocks or coral a
heavy metal dredge is safest, while over soft mud some form
of net trawl may at times be used to best advantage.
With the dredge lowered away, something more than twice the
depth is released on the cable, the boat moving slowly forward
during the lowering process to prevent snarls or kinks from
forming due to slack in the line. The exact amount of cable
needed, and the speed of the boat in towing must be learned by
experience, for the current and wind are such variable factors
that no certain rules may be followed. If the current is strong
it is often necessary to use considerably more cable, while the
forward speed of the vessel, in dredging, may vary from slow
speed ahead, to drifting without power, or even on occasions to
40 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
running both motors in reverse in an attempt to keep the dredge
moving at an optimum slow speed over the bottom. It is ad-
visable to maintain contact with the dredge at all times by rest-
ing one's hand on the taut cable and noting the telegraphed im-
pulses transmitted up the line while the dredge is in motion, the
object being to keep the dredge in action, but with speed slow
enough to prevent lifting off bottom. Art has perfected this
technique to a point where he interprets these jerks and tugs into
types of bottom with such accuracy that he almost predicts the
kinds of shells entering the dredge at the moment ! Besides this
duty, he keeps busy sorting the dredged material, and between
the two jobs finds little idle time. Paul serves as log-keeper,
navigator and helmsman, while Tom, who does something of
everything, acts as winch engineer, dredge lifter and dumper,
and keeps busy sacking up the small material which is a residue
of the preliminary or coarse screening done as the dredge comes
in. Each haul is given a number on the daily dredging sheet
together with data covering depth, type of bottom, location, etc.
This sacked small material, with individual station numbers is
then taken home to be dried, rescreened, and further examined.
When a check with the log shows that the dredge has been down
a sufficient time, the winch motor is again cranked up and the
lifting operation begins. At this point team-work between crew
members and skill in handling the gear play an important part.
With a strong current or wind abeam, the boat may tend to shift
position, no longer permitting the cable to feed straight over
the stern rollers to afford minimum friction and wear on the
cable. This is corrected by kicking the boat back into position,
if necessary one motor placed in reverse, the other ahead.
Should the dredge foul on bottom, it is generally best to back
up on both motors attempting to bring the boat to a point
almost over the dredge, where it will usually free itself. In
strong current the dredge acts as a stern anchor, making it
almost impossible to turn the boat for a run back as would seem
most practical, so, at best, some losses in gear must be expected.
In making the lift, strain is reduced if the boat is backed slowly
until the dredge just clears bottom, then slow speed forward may
be used to protect the cable from possible contact with spinning
propellors.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 41
As the reading on the depth indicator approaches zero, one
member of the crew takes station at the stern, and by a system of
visual signals, necessary because of the noise made by the three
roaring motors, warns the winch-man of the dredge's approach
in an attempt to make the stop just as the dredge chains reach
the outer roller, thus facilitating the hooking on of the block and
tackle, suspended from the davit, which is used for hauling the
load inboard. This accomplished, the dredge is then carefully
lowered and its contents gently dumped upon the canvas apron,
while all gather eagerly around to see what rare treasures and
beauties the sea has disclosed. Each succeeding haul presents
new thrills which can only be compared to childhood joys on a
Christmas morning.
After bringing up the dredge nearly a thousand times, we feel
well pleased with the installation, for with its simplicity and re-
liability it has certainly lived up to all possible expectations.
The cable in use, while not stainless steel, is supposedly rust
resisting and has proved quite durable. As a precaution against
excessive rusting, however, each layer on the drum is liberally
coated with engine oil during the process of bringing up the last
load of the day. An oil trap, with provisions for dumping,
effectively prevents excess oil from coating the deck to make for
hazardous footing. Surprisingly, with care it has been possible
to keep the Triton quite neat and clean, for most of the trash and
dirt is contained in the canvas apron across the stern, and little
makes its way into the bilge. The clean-up process, something
of a chore, usually starts on the long run in, to be finished at
the dock where gear and decks are flushed with fresh water and
the finishing touches administered with a mop.
For ease of operation and reasonable safety, a minimum boat
size of about 30 feet seems indicated for this type of work. Any-
thing less, in our opinion, is somewhat risky, especially off the
Keys, where dredging is often done well beyond sight of land.
A twin screw boat, because of its extra motor and additional
safety factor, plus superior maneuverability, offers definite ad-
vantages in this type of operation.
The results of the Triton dredging, so far, have been most
fascinating and gratifying. The major portion of our work
has been concentrated between 20 and 150 fathoms, a territory
42 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
less thoroughly worked by the larger expeditions, and about
which it was hoped we might add some useful information to the
present knowledge of undersea life. Many strange things have
come to light, some rarities, a number of possible new species, and
perhaps even a few new genera. Among the choicer things have
been the following : of Volutidae, dohrni, duhia, florida, gouldiana
and schmitti; of Conidae, amphiurgus, mazei and stimpsoni ; of
Pectinidae, glyptus, phrygium and tereinus; while of Muricidae,
one of our best finds has been Murex heaui. Unfortunately, the
operation of dredging has kept us quite occupied, leaving little
time for a proper study or correlation of our findings which must
come at a later date. However, accurate data are being fur-
nished each dredged lot with particular effort being made towards
alcoholic preservation of new or unknown mollusks.
After handling a considerable quantity of material, in some
instances fairly large series of similar specimens, we are con-
vinced that entirely too much significance has been attached by
many students to such variable factors as color, length of spire,
width of aperture, etc. In some instances even the principal
type character appears most infrequently upon examination of a
sizable series. Dogmatic statements certainly tread on dangerous
ground, for so much remains to be learned about many of these
deep sea creatures.
We have observed that depth appears to be a quite positive
controlling factor for a number of species, particularly some
Conus and Murex, while other mollusks apparently cover a much
wider depth range without difficulty. When off range, however,
there is a tendency towards divergence in size. It is of interest
to note that a number of forms assume a reddish or orange
coloration when living at a depth of about 20 to 40 fathoms. As
might be expected, the color on most shells has a marked tendency
to diminish as the greater depths are reached.
In conclusion, the writers wish to give thanks to many friends
who have helped towards the success of our venture. Particular
thanks are due to Henry Brunhoff, who assisted in the search for
the proper vessel and designed a superior type of vertical roller ;
to J. W. Donovan, who has been a valuable crew member on
many dredging trips, both off Palm Beach and outside the Florida
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 43
Keys; and last, but far from least, the junior authors wish to
express their gratitude to A. R. Thompson, Triton's owner and
skipper, who has afforded them the great pleasure of being as-
sociated with him in a most fascinating and worthwhile program
of research.
A PECULIAR GENUS OF VITRINELLIDAE
By H. a. PILSBKY and A. A. OLSSON
Among minute shells collected in Ecuador by the junior author
was found a curious snail related to Teinostoma but which we
think represents a new genus,
WOODRINGILLA, nCW gCUUS
The minute, rather solid shell is similar to Teinostoma s. lat.,
but with conspicuous spiral sculpture ; and the heavy umbilical
callus is deeply engraved with parallel grooves at right angles
with its anterior edge. Type W. glyptylus n. sp.
The thick, deeply grooved umbilical callus is probably an
unique feature of this genus. It is such an unusual character
that we are considering it of generic significance, although the
structure otherwise agrees with the more compact species of
Teinostoma.
The degree to which the last whorl embraces and envelops the
spire is variable in W oodringilla, as it is among the species of
Teinostoma.
The type species, W. glyptylus (PI. 3, figs. 2, 2a), measures,
diameter 1 mm., height 0.6 mm. It will be described fully in a
paper now waiting publication.
A species of this group was described from the Bowden,
Jamaica, Miocene as Teinostoma laccus by Dr. W. P. Woodring,
1928.
44 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
NEW SPECIES OF EPITONIIDAE AND VITRI-
NELLIDAE FROM PANAMA CITY
By axel a. OLSSON and MAXWELL SMITH
The following four new species were collected by Mr. "Walter
D. Clark of Bostick, Florida at Venado, Panama City, Panama.
Venado is a suburb in the eastern part of Panama City. It faces
a stretch of shore fronting Panama City harbor, formed by
shelving layers of volcanic rocks of Tertiary age flanked by short
intervals of beach. At its extreme eastern point it merges into
a mangrove swamp. Harbor pollution and various restrictions
affecting the Canal have greatly limited the opportunities for
shore collecting in the vicinity of Panama City, Venado Beach
being one of the few places remaining accessible to transient
visitors.
Epitonium chalceum, new species. Plate 3, fig. 3.
Shell rather large, the type nearly 23 millimeters in length,
elongate, slender, composed of numerous rounded whorls sculp-
tured with a neat pattern of small, thread-like varices and finer
spiral threads. The type has 10 whorls, the minute whorls of
the nucleus being missing. There is no basal disk, the spiral
threads on the base being only a little more crowded together.
Varices about 26, generally low, thread or cord-like, rounded,
some a little heavier indicating a resting mark, their course
oblique across the face of the whorl, their ends touching or
alternating at the suture. On the main surface of the whorl
as between the sutures, the primary spirals are spaced widely
and evenly apart (about 18 above the base), the intervening
space between them and the varices subrectangular in form and
marked by 4 or 5 much smaller threads, minutely reticulated by
the fine growth-lines producing a linen-like, textured pattern.
Aperture, broken in the type specimen, is subcircular, the outer
lip thickened only by the last varix and ending forward in a
slightly appressed shallow canal. Inner lip is bordered ex-
ternally by a thickened cord which is formed by the united ends
of the varices reflexed backward. Length 23.7 mm., diameter
7 mm.
This is a fine species distinguished by its relatively large size
and elegant sculpture somewhat similar to that shown by Fer-
minoscala but much finer and without a basal disk. A closely
similar species, still undescribed, occurs at Manta, Ecuador, but
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 45
the whorls are narrower, more convex and the varices and spiral
sculpture is heavier. The single specimen representing the fig-
ured type was collected at Venado beach, Panama City by Mr.
Clark. Holotype in the private collection of Mr. Maxwell Smith.
Dentiscala clarki, new species. Plate 3, fig. 4.
Shell of medium size, solid, imperforate, white or yellowish
with a chalky texture. Spire stout, formed of 7 or more whorls,
uniformly enlarging and terminating in a small, blunt nucleus
of about 2 whorls. Varices 10 to 13, strong, of irregular size
and number, continuous across the face of the whorl from the
base to the suture which they may emarginate more or less
strongly, their trend along the length of the spire nearly straight.
Intervarical surface smooth except for minute spiral lines visible
only under a microscope on clean, unweathered surface. Length
12.2 mm., diameter 4 mm. Type. Length 11.88., diameter 4.1
mm. Paratype.
Two specimens are available of this species. There is no in-
dication of a basal disk.
Distribution : Venado Beach, Panama City, collected by Mr.
Clark. Type 187201 ANSP.
Clathrus venado, new species. Plate 3, fig. 5.
Shell of medium size, turbinate, white, of about 9 whorls, the
apical 2 being very small and smooth belong to the nucleus.
Whorls convex, the coiling moderately close, the surface of the
whorls not quite touching each other. No basal cord or disk.
Varices 13, relatively thin, erect, of medium height, their edges
entire when perfect, rounded or bearing an indistinct low spine
at their shoulder point. Forward face of each varix is smooth
or faintly roughened, the inner face concave, smooth. Inter-
varical surfaces with weak spirals which show as widely spaced
raised threads, about 6 on the last whorl; these intervarical
spirals being best developed in the middle zone, above the band
bordering the suture to about the third and the base is smooth.
Varices join together in the umbilical area to form a pillar cord.
Aperture obliquely subovate, the peristome formed in part by
the forward face of the last varix, flattened, flaring out slightly
in front to form a shallow anterior canal. Length 9.9 mm.,
diameter 5 mm.
This species is close to Ball's unfigured Epitonium zeteki,^
described from Panama, but is larger, narrower, has 13 instead
1 Ball, 1917. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, no. 2217, p. 486.
46 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
of 11 varices; the spiral threads on the intervarical surface are
well spaced, while they were said to be close-set in Ball's species.
Distribution. One specimen collected by Mr. Walter D. Clark
of Bostick, Florida, at Venado Beach, Panama City. Type
187200 ANSP.
Cyclostremiscus major, new species. Plate 3, figs. 1, la, lb.
The shell is relatively large for the genus, subsolid, with a
semi-nacreous luster, the spire low but projecting visibly above
the dorsal profile, and with a wide, open umbilicus which extends
deep into the apical whorls as a small perforation. Whorls about
5, the first turn belonging to a very small, minute, glassy nucleus.
Sutures indistinct, the coiling of the whorls following one of the
principal spiral cords which it overlaps except on the extreme
final portion where the suture is descending. Sculpture is
formed by smooth, spiral cords which lie ridge-like between wide,
smooth, concave interspaces of variable width. The penultimate
whorl has 5 spirals ; on the body -whorl there are 9 on the dorsal
surface between the suture and the periphery; 6 on the upper
half of the ventral surface ; 4 on the umbilical side. Umbilical
wall funnel shape, smooth or obscurely spiralled. Aperture
obliquely sub circular, the lip thin and somewhat sinuated, with
a small posterior sinus above slightly removed from the suture
and opposite to it on the basal lip a small, sharp notch. Greater
diameter 10.5 mm., height 5.3 mm.
We are referring this species to Cyclostremicus tentatively but
the true position of this form as well as many other similar
Vitrinellidae must await knowledge of the soft parts, operculum
and radula.
A single specimen was collected by Mr. Clark at Venado Beach,
Panama City. Type 187199 ANSP.
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF
THE RELICT LAKES IN THE GREAT BASIN
By JOSHUA L. BAILY, JR. and RUTH INGERSOLL BAILY
In the summer of 1949 the authors visited some of the relict
lakes in the Great Basin for the purpose of observing at first
hand the evidence of Pleistocene lacustration and to gather some
of the semi-fossil mollusca for which this region is noted. A
THE xXAUTILUS: 65 (2)
PLATE 3
1 — 11,, Cyclostrrniisciis iii.-ijor (). & S. 2, 2ii, Wdodrinuilla jilvjityhis P. &
(). :;, l-:|iit(iirniiii cliiilccimi ( ). A: S. 4, Dent i.sc;il:i cl.-iiki O. & S. 5,
Ciatliius veuado O. ic !S. (i, <Ja, J'liiliue iiifundibuliiin Uall. 7 — 7b, Akera
thompsoui Olsson & McGinty.
THE NAUTILUS: 65 (2;
PLATE 4
J. L. & R. 1. Bailv : Mollusks of the Great Basin.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 47
preliminary account of our peregrinations has been published
(Baily, 1950) in which no attempt was made to assign names
below generic rank to any of the material taken.
Subsequent experience has confirmed the wisdom of this course,
as in many cases different species and subspecies are so closely
related and consequently resemble each other so closely that their
discrimination requires a technique of precision and a knowledge
of detail that was not available to us in our own laboratory.
Therefore when the way opened for us to spend a month in
Philadelphia after an absence of twelve years we packed up the
spoils of our expedition and brought them along in order to take
advantage of the facilities offered by the Academy of Natural
Sciences. In our state of innocence we supposed that all we
would need to do would be to bring our samples into one-to-one
correspondence with those in the collection of the Academy and
to assign names to our own accordingly, but a few hours of effort
convinced us that our task was one of far greater complexity
than we had envisaged. In many instances we did not have
sufficient individuals to make identification certain beyond all
possibility of reasonable doubt, and in a few instances our ma-
terial seemed to represent forms new to science. Consequently
we were obliged to call upon Dr. Pilsbry for assistance, and he
responded nobly to the task of unravelling the many Gordian
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4
1. Amnicola integra (Say). Humboldt Sink, Nevada.
2. Amnicola integra (Say). Bonneville Terrace, Great Salt Lake.
2a. Same as 2. Abnormal specimens. 27945 ANSP.
3. Amnicola pilsbryi sp. nov. Lifton, Idaho; left hand figure the type,
187691 ANSP.
4. Physa lordi zomos subsp. nov. Pyramid Lake. 187699 ANSP.
5. Falvata utahensis horatii subsp. nov. Lifton, Idaho; lower figure the
type, 187689 ANSP.
5a. Same as 5. Ideal Beach, Utah.
6. Valvata utahensis Call, typical. Prove, Utah.
7. Amnicola longinqua (Gould). Colorado Desert.
8. Amnicola sp. inq. Toy, Nevada. 187692 ANSP.
9. Pyrgulopsis nevadensis (Stearns) s. s. Pyramid Lake. 156338.
10. Pyrgulopsis nevadensis paiutica var. nov. Pyramid Lake. 187673.
11. Helisoma binneyi ursolacustre subsp. nov. Lifton, Idaho. 187690.
12. Helisoma tenue (Dunker). Pyramid Lake.
48 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
knots with which the descriptive malacology of this region is so
afflicted.
All told, fourteen localities were visited in the course of this
investigation. That is hardly enough from which to draw final
conclusions, but it constitutes a beginning and should en-
courage others to make additional contributions to our knowl-
edge of Great Basin malacology. Three of these localities are
on the shore of Bear Lake : Lif ton, Idaho, at the north end ;
Ideal Beach, Utah, near the south end; and Lakota, Utah, near
the middle of the west side. No collecting is possible on the
east side, for here the beach is buried beneath the accumulated
detritus left by the construction gang when the highway around
the lake was built.
Bear Lake stands in the same relationship to Great Salt Lake
that Lake Tahoe does to Pyramid Lake. But Bear Lake is
shallow, with a simple shore line, and surrounded by relatively
arid mountains with sparse vegetation, while Lake Tahoe is deep,
with an indented shore line, and surrounded by coniferous
forests. They resemble each other, however, in the paucity of
their molluscan populations.
Until recently living moUusks had not been reported from Lake
Tahoe (Hanna and Smith, 1938) or from Bear Lake (Hender-
son, 1931). Henderson believes that all those species whose
shells are so numerous today on the sand beaches at each end of
Bear Lake became extinct in the near geologic past as the result
either of extreme salinity or of complete desiccation. However,
near Lakota we have taken species of Physa, Lymnaea, Pro-
menetus, and Ferrissia of such fresh appearance as to make us
suspect that they may be still living in local restricted areas.
We concede that Carinifex newherryi, Valvata utahensis, and
Sphaerium pilshryanum are probably no longer living in this
lake.
The only point on the Great Salt Lake readily accessible by
highway is at Saltair on the south shore, where the beach con-
sists of a highly impacted mixture of salt and sand. The only
easily reached points on Utah Lake are at Saratoga on the north-
west, Geneva on the northeast, and Provo near the middle of the
east side. Material was obtained from all these points.
Our road map showed an unimproved roadway leading south
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 49
from Toy, Nevada, along the margin of the lake in Humboldt
Sink, but upon our arrival we found that the water level had
risen and that the road was completely submerged. Near the
point where it disappeared beneath the water we gathered a
handful of shells from a windrow.
At Pyramid, Winnemucca, and Walker Lakes we found shells
in the drift at only one point each. In each instance this was
on the west side of the lake about halfway between the ends. As
none of these points had local names by which they might be
designated we have referred to them merely by the name of the
lake, trusting the reader to remember that collecting was done
at only one point on each lake. Similarly we gathered shells
from Honey Lake at only one locality, near the hot springs at the
northeast corner, and from Lake Tahoe only at the extreme
southernmost point.
Topaz and Diaz lakes are not relict lakes, but as they are
located near the Sierras on the western edge of the Great Basin
it seems better to include than to omit them. Their faunas are
not particularly interesting. With the completion of these pre-
liminary descriptive remarks the separate consideration of the
species and subspecies may now be taken up.
Anodonta nuttalliana Lea. Walker Lake. A few odd valves
from the higher horizons. Possibly no longer living.
Sphaerium pilshry avium Sterki. Lifton; Ideal Beach; Sara-
toga, Provo.
Pisidium compressum Prime. Lifton ; Geneva ; Provo ; Toy.
Specimens from Lifton have the stout lateral teeth and ridged
beaks of P. compressum, but the half dozen single valves col-
lected are all small, up to 3 mm. in length.
Pisidium occidentale Newcomb. Lifton ; Ideal Beach ; Lakota ;
Saratoga ; Topaz Lake. A few specimens from Lifton and Sara-
toga are provisionally identified as half grown young of this
species.
Valvata humeralis calif ornica Pilsbry. Lifton; Ideal Beach;
Saratoga ; Provo ; Toy. Most of these specimens have the spire
higher than in the type lot of this subspecies, but there are some
of intermediate shape.
Valvata utahensis Call s. s. Lifton; Provo. Plate 4, fig. 6,
showing the absence of a basal carina.
50 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
Valvata utahensis horatii subsp. nov., Lifton; Ideal Beach.
Plate 4, fig'. 5, 5a. Holotype no. 187689 in the collection of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, the lower specimen under fig. 5.
In the original description of Valvata utahensis special emphasis
was laid on the single well marked carina on the upper surface
of the younger whorls, but no mention was made of the possi-
bility of a basal carina, nor does the illustration afford any
evidence of such. The specimen figured by Chamberlin and
Jones (1929, p. 184, f. 86) also represents the body whorl as
being carinate above but smooth beneath. We find this con-
dition to be characteristic of shells from Utah Lake, the type
locality of Valvata utahensis.
Valvata utahensis. Specimens from Bear Lake referred to this
species by Henderson (1924, p. 193, and 1931, p. 109) exhibit a
very different condition. In these there is a basal carina, which
would justify segregation of the Bear Lake material as a separate
species were it not for the fact that specimens lacking the basal
carina are occasionally encountered in Bear Lake, together with
intergrading individuals that form a continuous series effectu-
ally connecting the extreme forms on each side. The basally
carinate forms seem sufficiently distinct to justify a subspecific
name and accordingly we propose to call them Valvata utahensis
horatii.
This new subspecies is named for Dr. Horace Burrington Baker
in acknowledgment of his kindness in identifying the terrestrial
mollusca taken on this expedition. These, of course, have noth-
ing to do with the Pleistocene relict lakes and so constitute no
part of this report.
Fluminicola fusca Haldeman. Lifton; Ideal Beach; Geneva;
Provo. This is the only species of this genus which we observed
in the Great Basin. However, Chamberlin and Jones (1929, p.
180) and Henderson (1924, pp. 191-2) recognize the possibility
of another species of doubtful identity from the same general
area.
Amnicola limosa Say. Geneva, Provo. Readily recognizable
by its blunt apex.
Amnicola pilsbryi sp. nov., Lifton; Ideal Beach. Plate 4, fig.
3. Holotype no. 187691 in the collection of the Academy of
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 51
Natural Sciences, the left hand figure on the plate. The other
two figures are paratypes selected to illustrate variation.
Several authors have reported Amnicola longinqua Gould from
Bear Lake. We did not find specimens referable to that species,
but the new species here described was present in great abund-
ance.
This species is narrowly umbilicate, conic, smooth, with about
four and a half very strongly convex whorls. The suture is
deeply impressed. The aperture occupies about 40% of the
length and is of a broadly oval shape, noticeably oblique. The
columellar margin is slightly expanded. Length 3.0 mm., di-
ameter 1.8 mm.
The abundance in which this species occurs in Bear Lake (it
is the most numerous species found there) precludes any possi-
bility of its being a newl}^ discovered species. It is undoubtedly
the species recorded by so many previous collectors as Amnicola
longinqua Gould, a plentiful species in the Colorado Desert,
which probably occurs in Utah although we did not find it there.
In the new species the whorls are more inflated, and the columel-
lar portion of the peristome tends to be more closely appressed to
the body whorl.
The name herein given to this species is a very inadequate
expression of gratitude for laborious and painstaking examina-
tion of this material. In deciding which of the forms taken in
this investigation merited new names Dr. Pilsbry's advice was
quite indispensable.
Amnicola (Cincinnatia) integra Say. Toy. In these speci-
mens the whorls are notably less convex than in typical Amni-
cola cincinnatiensis (Anthony), as this species is more commonly
known.
Associated with this species were two shells which we have not
been able to identify with any yet described. The species which
they most closely resemble is Amnicola imitator Pilsbrj^ but the
habitat of that species is the Santa Cruz peninsula in California
which is so remote as to make it seem very unlikely that it is
conspecific.
In the new species the shoulder is much more sloping than in
Amnicola integra. A single specimen numbered 187692 in the
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences is figured in Plate
52 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
4, fig. 8, and measures 3.4 mm. in height and 2.1 mm. in di-
ameter, with four whorls. A detailed description with new name
must be held in abeyance until more material becomes available.
Pyrgulopsis nevadensis Stearns s.s. Pyramid, Winnemucca,
and Walker Lakes. This is the most plentiful mollusk in Pyra-
mid Lake. Specimens were taken from the water's edge as well
as from a bed which we estimate to be about fifty feet above the
present water level. We also took it from the dry bed of
Winnemucca Lake and the beach of Walker Lake. Further
study is needed to determine whether any significant differences
exist among the samples taken from these four localities. Berry
(1947) suggests that the Winnemucca Lake form may prove
specifically distinct from the type, and it is not impossible that
other differences may be found to exist.
Four specimens from the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences are figured in Plate 4 at fig. 9, for the purpose of
illustrating the range of variation of this species, and for com-
parison with the new variety described below.
Pyrgulopsis nevadensis paiutica subsp. no v.. Pyramid Lake
Plate 4, fig. 10. Holotype no. 187693 in the collection of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, the right hand figure on the plate.
The left hand figure is an intergrade between the new variety
and the type.
Shell small, elongated, its total length from apex to base of
body whorl being approximately twice the maximum diameter;
surface vitreous and polished, generally white but sometime dis-
colored and of slaty appearance. Whorls about five or six;
peristome simple and rounded below; aperture angulated at su-
ture, which is very slightly channelled. A slight umbilical chink
sometimes present. Type locality. Pyramid Lake.
In the typical form of this variety there is no evidence what-
ever of the peripheral carina that characterizes this genus (Call
and Pilsbry, 1886). If this condition were universal and dis-
continuous it would not be possible to retain this new variety
in the genus. Occasionally, however, ambiguous individuals are
encountered in which, although the carina is absent, it is repre-
sented by an inconspicuous peripheral angulation. In addition,
there is in our collection a single specimen which began life as
typical Pyrgulopsis nevadensis but in which the carina suddenly
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 53
became obsolete, apparently as the result of a pathologic or per-
haps an ecological factor, leaving the snail to complete the last
one and one-half whorls of its growth as Pyrgulopsis nevadensis
paiutica.
The taxonomic value of this variety is somewhat problematical.
It can hardly be considered a legitimate subspecies since its geo-
graphic habitat is coterminous with that of Pygulopsis nevadensis
s.s. The fact that the intergrades are less numerous than the
extremes on each side may indicate a genetic difference. Per-
haps it would be better to regard Pyrgulopsis nevadensis paiutica
as an incipient species which has achieved genetic differentiation
but which has not yet lost its ability to hybridize with the an-
cestral form.
The name paiutica is given to commemorate the Paiute Indians
on whose reservation this variety was found.
Lymnaea (Radix) auricularia Linnaeus. Topaz Lake. The
occurrence of this European species in the Great Basin was quite
a surprise. The specimens taken were all quite small, indicating
either that they were juvenile or representatives of a stunted race.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) parvahea. Lifton; Saratoga; Geneva.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) palustris Miiller. Saltair; Geneva;
Provo ; Lakota.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) proxima &w#^om Baker. Geneva; Sara-
toga.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) hemphilli Baker. Ideal Beach; Sara-
toga. The descriptions of the last two forms listed above were
written by F. C. Baker (1934) under the names Stagnicola
palustris huttoni and Stagnicola hemphilli respectively, from ma-
terial supplied him by Henderson. Baker did not publish any
illustrations as this had already been done by Henderson (1934,
p. 124, pi. 14, f. 4, 7) to whose publication Baker made reference.
Henderson in turn in his text credited both species to Baker,
under the impression that the descriptions had already appeared.
(To be continued)
54 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
ARION INTERMEDIUS (NORMAND) NEAR
BUFFALO, N. Y.
By MARGAEET C. TESKEY
This small greyish-yellow slug, listed in Pilsbry's "Land Mol-
lusks of North America" as native of Europe and occurring only
in California, was collected at two stations in Erie County, New
York, during the summer of 1950.
When first observed under chips and bark slabs in a thicket
near the village of Lancaster, N. Y., it was mistaken for immature
Avion subfiiscus (Draparnaud), although no adult specimen of
this species had been observed in the vicinity.
Later in the summer the same slug turned up in some abun-
dance in a spot some eighteen miles removed from the first station,
this time in a densely wooded hillside tract in the Boston Hills,
seventeen miles south of Buffalo. Here in nearly every case the
slugs were found in mould at the edges of rotting logs, although
three specimens were obtained when loose bark was peeled from
a beech stump, revealing as well several specimens of Philomycus
carolinianus flexuolaris Rafinesque of unusually large size and
brilliance of mottled pattern.
It was these larger slugs which led to the discovery of the
identity of the European visitors, for they were sent to Charles
B. Lee at Ann Arbor with a request for identification of the en-
closed "sample." Mr. Lee at once recognized Avion intevmedius
(Normand) ; Dr. Aurele LaR-ocque later verified his identification.
Beech and maple trees predominate in the woods in which this
find was made ; in a remote section, it has been long neglected
and the many rotting logs and stumps support an unusually
varied and colorful assortment of fungi. Three specimens of
Tviodopsis dentifeva (Binney), a rare snail in this region, were
here taken on subsequent visits made for the purpose of se-
curing additional specimens of A. intevmedius for Mr. Lee. A
third slug, Pallifeva dovsalis (Binney), occurs here, but less
frequently than the other two.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 55
OLIVE SHELLS ON OPPOSITE SHORES OF THE
GULF OF CALIFORNIA
By D. S. and E. W. GIFFORD
That veteran conehologist, the late Herbert N. Lowe, greatly
extended knowledge of the mollusean fauna of the northern end
of the Gulf of California through his collecting expeditions to
two fishing villages on opposite shores of the Sea of Cortez.
These villages are Puerto Pefiaseo, Sonora, and San Felipe, Baja
California, about ninety miles apart in air line across the Gulf.
Lowe's papers dealing with the former are entitled "On the
Sonoran Side of the Gulf" ^ and "New Marine MoUusca from
West Mexico, Together with a List of Shells Collected at Punta
Penasco, Sonora, Mexico. ' ' -The paper dealing with his trip to
San Felipe is called "At the Head of the Gulf of California." ^
For the Punta Pefiaseo region, Lowe lists six species of
Olividae : Agaronia testacea Lam., OUvella dama Gray, Olivella
zonata Duclos, Olivella gracilis B and S., Oliva incrassata Sol.,
and Oliva polpasta Duclos. For the San Felipe region he lists
four species: Oliva incrassata Sol., Olivella zanoeta Duclos,
Olivella gracilis Brod. & Sby., and Olivella anazora Duclos.
Without checking with the San Diego Museum of Natural
History we assume that his anazora is our dama, the most abun-
dant species in the San Felipe region.
We found Agaronia hiatida Gmelin (Lowe's testacea) on the
shores of Punta Pefiaseo (Rocky Point) Bay, where they were
living higher on the beach than any other species of olive shell.
In the Punta Penasco region Agaronia is of limited distribution,
not being found by us in La Cholla Bay some ten miles to the
northwest of Puerto Pefiaseo. At San Felipe Bay and nearby
Ensenada Blanca on the west shore, no Agaronia was found.
In San Felipe Bay and neighboring Ensenada Blanca we col-
lected Olivella undatella Lam., a species we were especially in-
terested in finding, since it had been uncovered in ancient graves
1 The Nautilus, vol. 48, pp. 1-4, 43-46, 1934.
2 Transactions of the San Diego Society of Natural History, vol. 8, pp.
15-32, 1935.
3 The Nautilus, vol. 47, pp. 45-47, 1933.
56 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
in Coachella Valley, Riverside County, California, and we never
knew the source of the shells. Presumably they must have been
obtained by the Indians from the Baja Californian shore of the
Gulf.
Aside from Agaronia hiatula found by us on only the eastern
side of the Gulf and Olivella undatella found only on the western
side, the other four species of Olividae collected occurred on both
shores. Olivella dama was by far the most abundant species in
both regions. Olivella gracilis was represented by only one
specimen from the east side, by numerous specimens from the
west side. Olivella zanoeta was rare at San Felipe, fairly com-
mon at Puerto Peiiasco. Presumably Lowe's zonata is zanoeta.
On the eastern shore of the Gulf Oliva spicata Bolten (Lowe's
polpasta) was abundant in La Cholla Bay but lacking- in Punta
Peiiasco Bay. On the western shore we found none in San Felipe
Bay, but collected a few very young ones in Ensenada Blanca.
The season may have had something to do with this. We were
at San Felipe in latter January, 1951, which may have been too
early. Our observation, with California species at least, is that
they are abundant on the beaches in summer and rare or absent
in winter, when they perhaps retire to deeper water. This is
probably the explanation, too, of the fact that we found only
seventeen Oliva incrassata at San Felipe in January, whereas
Lowe found them abundant in May. Similarly, we found them
at Puerto Peiiasco in October when the water was still warm, but
failed to discover more than a single specimen in December and
January when the weather and the sea were cold.
With regard to Oliva incrassata it has been remarked by
Tryon : * "The young shell is not angulated, and approximates to
the last species [polpasta] in form, and somewhat in exterior
coloring, but may be distinguished at once by the color of the
columella and interior." We observed that in life incrassata
and spicata are readily distinguishable by their soft parts. The
former has fawn colored flesh with brown spots; the latter has
huffish flesh with paler brown short wavy lines. Agaronia has
usually grayish flesh, sometimes huffish, but these differences are
not correlated with differences in shell color.
4 George W. Tryon, Jr., Manual of Conchology, vol. 5, p. 82, 1883.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 57
THREE NEW LAND SNAILS FROM EASTERN
UNITED STATES
By LESLIE HUBKICHT
Pallifera mutabilis, new species.
Very young with a dark gray band on each side, connected to
a dorsal band by a series of oblique stripes on a light background.
With age the markings become browner, the dorsal band disap-
pears, and the oblique stripes break up into a series of spots.
Adults have a fine brownish flecking on a pale buffy background
with scattered dark gray-brown spots, remnants of the oblique
stripes ; a band on each side, the upper margin of which is sharp
but irregular, the lower margin indistinct, fading gradually into
the general background color. The margin of the foot is olive-
gray.
Size large, reaching a length of 100 mm. or more when fully
extended in crawling, but usually somewhat smaller, the holotype
being 62 mm. long preserved in alcohol.
Jaw arcuate, cutting edge with a median projection, usually
smooth in the middle, with from five to eight ribs on each side.
The penis is shaped much as in P. dorsalis but contains seven
longitudinal papillose ridges. The anterior half of the sperma-
theeal duct is much enlarged, being larger than either the penis
or oviduct, and contains seven non-papillose longitudinal ridges.
Pallifera mutabilis is related to P. wetherhyi W. G. Binney
which it resembles in its large size, and in the jaw. It differs
markedly in color pattern. In P. wetherhyi there are no lateral
bands, the oblique stripes are fewer in number, broader, and
darker, and do not break up into spots with age.
Type Locality. — Upland oak woods, just west of Schoolfield,
Pittsylvania Co., Virginia. Holotype 187104, A.N.S.P., para-
types in the collection of the author.
Distribution. — MARYLAND : Cecil Co. : woods, 0.5 miles west
of Rising Sun. VIRGINIA : Nansemond Co. ; Dismal Co. ; Dis-
mal Swamp, 2 miles southeast of Suffolk; just east of Suffolk.
Mecklenburg Co. : bluffs of Dan River, at US-1. Halifax Co. :
Staunton River Bluff, Staunton River State Park ; upland woods,
2 miles northwest of Omega. Campbell Co. : near river, Alta-
Vista. Pittsylvania Co. : bluff along Banister River, 1.5 miles
northwest of Riceville ; roadside, US-58, north of Danville ; 2
miles northeast of Bachelors Hall ; bluff along Staunton River, 5
miles north of Sandy level; woods, just west of Schoolfield.
Allegheny Co. : wooded hillside, near Griffith, 6 miles northeast
58 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
of Clifton Forge; 2 miles southwest of Lowmoor. Montgomery
Co. : Tyler Ridge, Radford. NORTH CAROLINA : Bertie Co. :
waste ground, Windsor. Edgecombe Co. : 2 miles northwest of
Pine Top. Greene Co. : 7 miles northwest of Snow Hill. Martin
Co. : near Sweet Water Creek, 1.3 miles southeast of Williamston.
Lenoir Co. : swamp, 6 miles south of Woodington. Bladen Co. :
near White Oak ; Cape Fear River bluff, Elizabethtown. Bruns-
wick Co. : vacant lot, Southport ; Wet Ash Swamp, 2 miles south-
east of Ash. Rockingham Co. : upland oak woods, 5 miles east
of Draper. Swain Co. : near Smokemont Camp Grounds, Great
Smoky Mountains National Park. SOUTH CAROLINA : Dar-
lington Co.: waste ground, Society Hill. WEST VIRGINIA:
Fayette Co. : near New River, 1 mile southeast of Gauley Bridge.
TENNESSEE : Campbell Co. : cedar glade near mouth of Doakes
Creek, 10 miles northeast of LaFollette. Carter Co. : Doe River
bluff, 1 mile northwest of Hampton. Anderson Co. : Clinch River
bluff, 4 miles southwest of Clinton. Sevier Co. : headquarters.
Great Smoky Mountain National Park, 4 miles south of Gatlin-
burg. Marion Co. : near large spring, 2 miles northeast of
Sequatchie. ILLINOIS : Union Co. : Fountain Bluff. 1 mile
south of Gorham ; 3.5 miles southwest of Ava. MISSOURI : St.
Louis Co. : Rockwoods Reservation ; Fox Creek Gap, 1 mile west
of Allenton ; 4.5 miles east of Eureka ; Musicks Ferry ; 1 mile
southeast of Valley Park; Creve Coeur Lake Park; Osage Hills,
Kirkwood. Jefferson Co. : bluffs along Rock Creek, 0.5 mile
southeast of Seckman; mouth of small cave on hillside, 0.5 mile
south of Rush Tower. Franklin Co. : 1 mile southwest of Port
Royal ; bluff along Meramec River, 2 miles south of Gray Summit.
Boone Co. : bluff along Brush Creek, 4 miles southeast of Ash-
land. Camden Co. : Hahatonka. Miller Co. : Osage River bluff,
east of Brumley.
PuNCTUM (Pseudopunctum) lamellatum, new species.
Shell minute, pale brown to vitreous, translucent, depressed
conoid, whorls 3.5 to 4, slightly oval in cross-section. Umbilicate,
the umbilicus contained 3 to 3.5 times in diameter of shell. Aper-
ture wider than high. Major growth riblets not prominent, the
interspaces with 1 to 3 minor growth ridges. Spiral striae very
weak, requiring a magnification of 150 X to make them visible
Base of the body whorl of mature shells armed with a low
lamella which is a half whorl long. Immature shells without a
lamella.
Punctum lamellatum is closely related to P. smithi, with which
it was found, and which it resembles in shape and sculpture. It
differs in being lighter colored, and in having a much longer
and more slender lamella.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 59
Height 0.7 mm. Diam. 1.2 mm. Diam. of umbilicus 0.4 mm.
Holotype.
Localities. — VIRGINIA : Bedford Co. : among leaves, summit
of Smith Mountain, 20 miles south of Bedford. Holotype
187103, A.N.S.P., paratypes in the collection of the author,
Pittsylvania Co. : bluff along Staunton River, 3 miles northwest
of Brights ; woods, just west of Sehoolfield.
Carychium costatum, new species.
Because there is nothing in Dr. H. A. Pilsbry's description of
C. exile (Land Mollusca of North America, p. 1158) which would
not also fit this new species it seems best to describe it by a
comparison with that species.
Differs from Carychium exile H. C. Lea in being larger, whiter,
the rib striae are higher, tending to be bluntly angular rather
than rounded, and extend higher up the shell. The lip does
not have the heavy thickening usually found in exile. The in-
ternal lamella is similar but the margin is more sinuous.
Height 1.9 mm. Diam. 0.8 mm. Ht. Ap. 0.7 mm. Hole-
type.
Height 1.85 mm. Diam. 9.7 mm. Ht. Ap. 0.6 mm. Radford.
Height 1.9 mm. Diam. 0.75 mm. Ht. Ap. 0.7 mm. Kibler
Park.
Distribution.— WEST VIRGINIA: Fayette Co.: below Cane
Branch Palls, 1.3 miles southeast of Gauley Bridge, Type 187102,
A.N.S.P., paratypes in the collection of the author. VIRGINIA :
Pulaski Co. : ravine, opposite Radford. Patrick Co. : ravine, near
Kibler Park, below Pinnacles Power House. Washington Co. :
Laurel thicket, base of Laurel Mtn., 4 miles southwest of Kon-
narock ; 1 mile south of Damascus. Pittsylvania Co. : bluffs along
Staunton River, 3 miles northwest of Brights. NORTH CARO-
LINA : Macon Co. : Wallace Gap, Nantahala Mtn., 2 miles east
of Slagle.
At the type locality this species was found associated with
C. exile from which it differed enough so that the two species
could be separated with the unaided eye. Most lots of exile
show a noticeable variation in proportions between individuals.
In this species the individuals of each lot are remarkably uni-
form.
60 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
A REPORT ON LAND SNAILS OF THE JACKSON
HOLE REGION, WYOMING
By LORNA E. LEVI and HERBERT W. LEVI i
University of Wisconsin Extension Center, Wausau, Wisconsin
This paper is a short report on the land snails found in the
Jackson Hole Region and Teton Mountains in northwestern
Wyoming during a month's stay at the Jackson Hole Research
Laboratory of the New York Zoological Society. The collection
of snails was part of a study of the invertebrate fauna of this
region, carried out between July 15 and August 15, 1950.
Henderson's (1933, 1936) records for this region are included in
our list.
The authors want to thank Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and Mr. C. Wurtz
for help in identification of some of the more difficult snails, Mrs.
D. Beetle of Laramie, Wyoming, for her records of some snails
of this region, and Dr. D. Lowrie for his contributions to our
collection.
Land Snails Known from Jackson Hole Region
Family Camaenidae
Oreohelix suhrudis ("Pfeiffer," Reeve) ^
Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Cockerell) ^
Family Sagdidae
Microphysula ingersolU (Bid.) ^
Family Zonitidae
Euconulus fulvus alaskensis (Pilsbry) ^
Retinella electrina (Gould)
Zonitoides arhoreus (Say) "
Vitrina alaskana Dall -
Family Limacidae
Deroceras laeve (Miill.)
1 Supported in part by a grant from The New York Zoological Society.
2 Henderson's (1936) records verified.
3 Listed by Henderson (1936) only.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 61
Family Endodontidae
Discus cronJcMtei (Newcomb) -
Discus shimeki shimeki (Pilsbry) ^
Discus shimeki cockerelli Pilsbry
Punctum minutissimum (Lea) -
Family Succinidae
Succinea avara (Say)
" Succinea retusa Lea'
Family Pupillidae
Pupilla hlancli Morse ^
Pupilla muscorum (Linn.)
Vertigo concinnula Cockerell
Family Valloniidae
Vallonia cyclophorella Sterki -
Zoogenetes harpa (Say)
Spruce-fir Forest
Cascade Canyon, Grand Teton National Park. Near a small
stream at the northwest end of Jenny Lake (elev. 6779 ft.), a
single specimen of Oreohelix suhrudis was found. The ground
cover at this place was thimble berry {Ruhus sp.). The trees
were Engelmann spruce and alpine fir. Mrs. D. Beetle reports
(personal communication) Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana,
and Pupilla muscorum from Cascade Canyon.
Death Canyon, Grand Teton National Park. Under logs on
the humid canyon floor were found Oreohelix suhrudis and
Vitrina alaskana. The trees were Engelmann spruce and alpine
fir. The ground beneath them was bare of herbaceous plants.
Pilgrim Creek, South of U. S. highway 287, Jackson Hole
National Monument. Along the creek at this point the forest
was mainly Engelmann spruce and alpine fir, but Colorado blue
spruce and narrowleaf cottonwood were also present. Euconulus
fulvus alaskensis, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Discus
cronkhitei, Vertigo concinnula, and Vallonia cyclophorella were
collected there.
62 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
Uhl Hill, near Elk, Teton National Forest. The forest on the
north facing slope near the crest of the hill was Engelmann
spruce and Douglas fir. Grasses covered the ground. Euconulus
fulvus alaskensis and Vertigo concinnula were found in rotten
logs.
Lodgepole Pine Forest
Leigh Lake, Grand Teton National Park (elev. 6870 ft.).
Euconulus fulvus alaskensis, Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alas-
kana, Vertigo concinnula and Zoogenetes harpa were found un-
der pieces of wood along the Leigh Lake trail. Zoogenetes was
found also in lodgepole pine woods at Pebble Creek camp ground,
in Yellowstone National Park. The records from Jackson Hole
are of interest because earlier workers had considered the species
rare, possibly introduced (Henderson, 1936; March, 1942). If
so, it has increased, for it was found abundantly in some places,
and did not appear to be uncommon in the region.
Emma Matilda Lake, Jackson Hole National Monument. Wet
wood chips and old logs in the mature pine woods on the east
shore of this lake yielded young Oreohelix subrudis, Euconulus
fulvus alaskensis, Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alaskana, Punc-
tum minutissimum, Vertigo concinnula, Vallonia cyclophorella,
and Zoogenetes harpa.
Pilgrim Creek, North of Moran, Jackson Hole National Monu-
ment. From islands of lodgepole pine scattered in a dry grassy
area, Vitrina alaskana was collected. Under logs lying in grass
along the edge of more continuous pine woods were found
Oreohelix suhrudis, Euconulus fulvus alaskensis, Zonitoides
arhoreus, Vitrina alaskana, and Vertigo concinula.
Signal Mountain, Jackson Hole National Monument (elev.
7250 ft.). From boards lying along the foot trail were collected
Euconulus fulvus alaskensis, Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alas-
kana. Discus shimeki cockerelli, Punctum minutissimum, and
Vertigo concinnula. Of the Jackson Hole localities, Signal
Mountain was the only one from which Discus shimeki cockerelli
was collected. Discus cronkhitei was not found at this location,
though the two were found together in pine woods at Pebble
Creek camp ground in Yellowstone National Park. Both Signal
Mountain and Pebble Creek have some limestone.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 63
Two Ocean Lake, Jackson Hole National Monument. Zoni-
toides arhoreus and Vitrina alaskana were collected in pine
woods near this lake.
Aspen Grove
Aspen trees usually occur in about even-age stands which have
very little brushy growth and a ground cover primarily of
grasses and herbaceous plants. Under bark, branches, stones,
and in leaf litter were found many species of snails.
Two Ocean Lake, Jackson Hole National Monument. This
particular grove had a ground cover of timothy hay, the seeds
of which may have been carried in by pack trips which camped
there. Our search yielded Oreohelix subrudis, Zonitoides ar-
horeus and Vitrina alaskana.
Gros Ventre Slide, south of Slide Lake, Teton National Forest.
This area was one of the few which had abundant limestone.
Leaf litter from an aspen grove here was sifted, and was found to
contain Euconulus fulvus alaskensis, Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina
alaskana, Discus cronkhitei, Pupilla muscorum, Vertigo concin-
nula, Vallonia cyclopJiorella and Zoogenetes harpa.
Moran, south of dam, w. of highway, Jackson Hole National
Monument. A large colony of Oreohelix suhrudis, including
several animals with plain white shells, was found here. The
collection was made during a dry period, and most of the animals
were found to be aestivating, each with a dry leaf fastened tightly
to its aperture. Euconulus fulvus alaskensis, Zonitoides arho-
reus, Vitrina alaskana, Discus cronkhitei, Punctum minutissimum,
and Pupilla muscorum were obtained by sifting leaf litter.
Elk, Teton National Forest. At a grazed roadside aspen grove
near Elk, Discus cronkhitei and Vertigo concinnula were found.
Indian Paint Brush Canyon, Grand Teton National Park.
On the Canyon trail, where it passed through an aspen grove,
was found a single shell of Oreohelix suhrudis. No further col-
lecting was done there.
Mount Baldy, Teton National Forest. In an old stump,
Zonitoides arhoreus, Pupilla muscorum, and Vertigo concinnula
were found.
64 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
Wildlife Park, Moran, Jackson Hole National Monument (elev,
6749 ft.). The leaf litter here yielded Oreohelix subrudis,
Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alaskana, and Succinea avara.
River Bottom
The three river bottom habitats in which we collected were
similar, each having eottonwood trees, abundant shrubby willows,
and a ground cover of high grasses.
Wildlife park along Snake River near Moran, Jackson Hole
National Monument. Succinea avara was found on driftwood
and vegetation along the edge, both above and below the surface,
of a small stream flowing into the Snake River. Deroceras laeve
was found along the same stream. Under logs and driftwood on
drier ground were found Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alaskana
and Pupilla muscorum.
Cottonwood Creek, east of U. S. highway 187 bridge, Jackson
Hole National Monument. Under fallen logs and driftwood
were found Oreohelix subrudis, Euconulus fulvus alaskensis,
Retinella electrina, Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alaskana and
Discus cronkhitei.
Gros Ventre Creek, west of highway 187 bridge, Jackson Hole
National Monument. Zonitoides arhoreus was found under
driftwood on the grassy bank. Succinea avara was found along
the north bank, close to the water.
Other Habitats
Two Ocean Lake, Jackson Hole National Monument. Tall
grasses on poorly drained soil near the lake were swept for arthro-
pods. A specimen of Succinea avara was picked up in the net.
Blacktail Butte, Jackson Hole National Monument. From a
grazed slope with balsam root (Balsamorrhiza sp.) and grasses,
Oreohelix subrudis was collected.
Signal Mountain, Jackson Hole National Monument. A verti-
cal bog, at the base of the mountain (elev. 6776 ft.) on its north
side, was searched. Pieces of wood and bark had on them
Zonitoides arhoreus, Discus shimeki cockerelli, and Vertigo
concinnula. Halfway up the mountain (elev. 7250 ft.), under
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 65
rocks at the base of a north facing limestone cliff, were found
Euconuhis fulvus alaskensis, Vitrina alaskana, Discus shimeki
cockerelli, Punctum minutissimum, Pupilla muscorum and
Vertigo concinnula.
Gros Ventre Slike, Teton National Forest. Several shells of
Oreohelix suhrudis were found in the talus at the base of the
Gros Ventre Slide. The vegetation, mostly buffalo berry {Shep-
herdia sp.), was very sparse.
Blaektail Butte, Jackson Hole National Monument. Shells of
Oreohelix suhrudis were found in the talus below a cliff. Here
there was no vegetation except for several prostrate, dead pine
trees.
Pilgrim Creek, south of U. S. highway 287 bridge, Jackson
Hole National Monument. In this locality, driftwood lying on
the bare gravel of the creek bed provided the only cover for
snails. Young specimens of Oreohelix suhrudis were found,
along with Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alaskana, Vertigo con-
cinnula, and Vallonia cyclophorella.
Uhl Hill, near Elk, Teton National Forest. Vallonia cyclo-
phorella was found under boards lying on the grassy banks of
an irrigation ditch at the foot of Uhl Hill.
Sawmill Ponds near Moose, Jackson Hole National Monument.
On a stony slope with sagebrush were found several shells of
Oreohelix suhrudis.
REFERENCES
Henderson, J. 1924. Mollusca of Colorado, Utah, Montana,
Idaho and Wyoming. Univ. Colo. Studies 13 (2) : 65-223.
Henderson, J. 1933. Mollusca of the Yellowstone Park, Teton
Park, and Jackson Hole Region. Nautilus 47 (1) : 1-3.
Henderson, J. 1936. Mollusca of Colorado, Utah, Montana,
Idaho, and Wyoming-Supplement. Univ. Colo. Studies 23
(2) : 81-145.
Marsh, P. L. 1942. Zoogenetes harpa (Say) in the Rocky
Mountains. Nautilus 55 (3) : 97-98.
PiLSBRY, H. A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America,
vols. 1 and 2. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monographs 3.
66 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION, 1951
The Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences of Buffalo, N. Y., aided
by the Conchological Section of the same organization entertained
the American Malacological Union as that body held its seven-
teenth annual meeting August 22nd to 24th of this year. It was
the second largest gathering in the history of the A.M.U., with
seventy-five registered, and surpassed only by the 1947 meeting
at Pacific Grove, California, at which time the attendance totaled
eighty-six.
Careful and detailed planning by committees of Section mem-
bers appointed by Section President Imogene C. Robertson, and
the unlimited hospitality of the Director and staff of the Buffalo
Museum of Science, made for one of the most successful conven-
tions in years ; it was called to order in the Museum auditorium
on "Wednesday afternoon, August 22nd, following a morning
period of registration, council meeting and open house in the
Museum in general. President Joseph P. E. Morrison opened the
session by introducing Mr. Fred T. Hall, Director of the Buffalo
Museum of Science; Mr. Hall in welcoming his guests assured
them that any unforeseen wants in connection with their con-
venience or comfort needed but to be voiced to him or to any of
the Museum staff. Dr. Morrison in reply assured him that the
facilities provided were most ample and complete, and extended
his personal thanks and those of the American Malacological
Union to Mr. Hall and to the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.
Then introducing the first speaker, he launched the academic
portion of the opening session. These papers were presented on
Wednesday :
"Trends in Malacology," Mr. Wm. J. Clench; "Comparison
of the Mollusks in Adjacent Ohio River and Lake Erie Drain-
age," Dr. Ralph W. Dexter; "Gastropods and the Ecology of
Loess Deposition," Dr. A. Byron Leonard; "An Old Problem
in Naiad Nomenclature," Dr. Henry van der Schalie; "The
Preputial Organ in Snails of the Genus Helisoma, " Mr. Emile
Abdel-Malek, presented by Dr. van der Schalie.
The annual dinner took place on Wednesday evening in the
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 67
dining rooms of the convention headquarters, Hotel Lenox, and
honored especially Mrs. Imogene C. Robertson who had served the
A.M.U. as secretary since its inception twenty years ago. On
behalf of the Union she was presented with three volumes of
John W. Taylor's "Monograph of Land and Fresh Water Mol-
lusca of the British Isles"; in making the presentation Dr. Paul
Bartsch lauded Mrs. Robertson and her husband, the late Harold
R. Robertson, for their long and faithful services as secretary and
treasurer, respectively. She was also the recipient of a corsage of
gardenias and rosebuds, the gift of the Conchological Section.
For these tributes Mrs. Robertson gave brief but sincere thanks,
saying that to both her and Mr. Robertson their efforts had been
truly a labor of love.
The evening was then given over to Dr. Albert Mead of the
University of Arizona who delivered an interesting travelogue
entitled, "Hunting the Giant African Snail in Micronesia." A
menace though he may be, Achatina fulica on this occasion was
high on the list as an entertainment factor, for the tale of his
pursuit was illustrated by Kodachrome slides and spiced by Dr.
Mead's sparkling monologue.
Thursday morning's sessions opened with the report of the
council meeting, and the following slate of nominated officers was
presented : President, Dr. Jeanne S. Schwengel ; Vice President,
Mrs. Imogene C. Robertson ; Secretary and Treasurer, Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey (in accepting nomination for Vice Presi-
dent, Mrs. Robertson resigned her post as Secretary; the post
of Treasurer was left vacant by the death of Mr. Harold R.
Robertson) ; Councilmen: Mr. R. Tucker Abbott, Dr. Carlos G.
Aguayo, Dr. Leo G. Hertline, Dr. A. Byron Leonard. The panel
as read was elected without opposition.
The remainder of the day was given over to papers, as follows :
"World Relations of the Melanians," Dr. J. P. E. Morrison;
"Land Snails of the Piedmont Region of North Carolina," Dr.
Charlotte Dawley; "Some Problems in the Pholadidae, " Miss
Ruth D. Turner; "Genetic Analysis of Wild Populations of the
Land Snail Cerion," Mr. R. Tucker Abbott; "Triton's Pipe
Organ," Mrs. Gertrude V. Musial ; " Malacological Legislation,"
68 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
Dr. Albert R. Mead; "The Story of Tyrian Purple," Mr. R.
Tucker Abbott; "Portraits of Some Florida Opisthobranchs,"
Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry; "Glimpses of the Past," Dr. Paul
Bartsch; "Carving of Niagara Gorge," Mr. John D. Sargent.
In the evening General Frank R. Schwengel and Dr. Jeanne
S. Schwengel entertained the delegates at a cocktail party and
buffet supper at Hotel Lenox ; as always it was a sparkling affair
and much enjoyed.
Friday was given over to the field trip, traditional at these
yearly meetings. A large bus transported forty happy snailers
on a sightseeing tour of the Niagara Frontier, highlighted by a
collecting trip into Niagara Glen, Ontario, with more collecting
on the return trip, this time at the foot of the American Falls.
There Nature cooperated by blowing the spray away so that
the rocks so rich in snails might be visited without rain attire.
The excursion ended at 6 :00 P.M., and ended also the seventeenth
annual meeting of the American Malacological Union.
Margaret C. Teskey,
Secretary, American Malacological Union.
Harold R. Robertson
We have to announce with deep regret the death in August,
at 73 years of age, of a charter member of the American Malaco-
logical Union. Mr. Robertson was born in Liverpool, England,
coming to this country as a young man. In 1903 he married
Imogene Strickler, daughter of one of South Buffalo's pioneer
families. The couple had since resided in South Buffalo, New
York.
Mr. Robertson was a member of the microscopical and concho-
logical sections of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, and
for a long time served as treasurer of the A.M.U. Through these
activities he was widely known to our readers, and many will
join us in sympathy for Mrs. Robertson and family.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 69
NOTES AND NEWS
BuLiMULUS DiAPHANUS Pfciffcr. — Dr. Preston E. Cloud of the
United States Geological Survey kindly submitted a small collec-
tion of fossil and recent land shells from Mona Island, Puerto
Rico, for study. This material was collected by Clifford A. Kaye
during a visit to this island in 1950. Bulimulus diaphanus Pfr.
was obtained both recent and in a fossil state. This species is an
addition to the list of the land mollusks which I recently pub-
lished (1951, Journal de Conchyliologie 90, pp. 269-276). We
possess specimens of this species from several localities in addi-
tion to those given in the Manual of Conchology by Pilsbry
(1897, (2) 11, p. 47). These additional localities are: Vieque
Island and Guanica, Puerto Rico; St. Croix, Virgin Islands;
Anegada Island, Lesser Antilles. — William J. Clench.
Caecum biminicola, new species. Plate 1, fig. 13.^-The shell is
moderately curved, slowly tapering, with sculpture of about 18
lengthwise riblets about as wide as their intervals, their summits
undulating. Anteriorly the tube is a little enlarged forming a
ring of low oblong tubercles, beyond which it contracts, and
there is a very narrow smooth peristome rim. The posterior
plug is very low, highest at the convex side of the tube where it
projects in a short, rounded mucro in a slightly immature para-
tj'pe, but this is worn down in the type. The type is white, a
paratype having several transverse light drab tracts. Length
2.5 mm., greatest diameter 0.8 mm. The multispiral operculum
is slightly concave with a smooth central concavity.
Bimini Islands, collected by Mr. Jay A. Weber. Type 187784
ANSP.
The chief peculiarity of this species is that the summits of the
ribs are waved, forming low oblong tubercles in the type, the
waves more irregular in the paratype. The dry animal and the
operculum are seen projecting from the aperture in the figure. —
Pilsbry.
Deymaeus multilineatus, form osmenti Clench. — This color
form (1948, Nautilus 62, p. 36) was described again in the last
number of the Nautilus (1951, 65, p. 34) under the name of
70 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
ehoreus Grimshaw. Both lots came from the same area on Little
Pine Key, Lower Florida Keys. — W. J. Clench.
OXYCHILUS DRAPARNALDI (Beck) IN CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHU-
SETTS.— This species has just been discovered (September 1951)
in the center of Cambridge, living under leaves in gardens of
this city. Both live and dead specimens v^ere found though they
were not common. It would appear to be on this evidence a
rather recent introduction. This species has generally been
known under the name of 0. lucidus (Draparnaud) (Pilsbry,
1946, Land Mollusca of North America, Mono. no. 3, 2, pt. 2,
p. 250).— W.J. Clench.
Strombus pugilis alatus L., IN South Carolina. — The find-
ing on May 20, 1951, by myself and a friend, of two Strombus p.
alatus L. on the beach of Garden City, South Carolina, about 90
miles northeast of Charleston, seems interesting enough to war-
rant hunting up the records of previous findings. The shells
are battered, but not worm eaten, with neither barnacles nor
crepidulas on them, and have a faint tinge of color — definitely
not bleached out.
The monograph by Clench & Abbott, on "Strombidae of the
Western Atlantic," in Johnsonia, No. I, 1941, cites the finding
of one of these shells on Shackelford's Island, N. E., but with
no date given; also a reference to Mazyck's "Catalogue of Mol-
lusks of So. Car.," 1913, p. 15. This reference, however, Mazyck
quoted from Gibbes, 1848. The only other records which I have
been able to find are from the Charleston Museum collection :
Pawley's Island, Oct. 20, 1929, about 70 miles northwest of
Charleston ; Botany Beach, Edisto Island, Oct. 7, 1940, 50 miles
southeast of Charleston; Sullivan's Island, Jan. 1940, right off
Charleston, and one which Thomas Uzzell found recently, also on
Sullivan's.
So far as any records available here show, these are the only
noted findings of the Strombus p. alatus on the South Carolina
coast in over 100 years. — Susan A. Bennett, 37 Legare St.,
Charleston, S. C.
Oct., 1951] THE NAUTILUS 71
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Glossary of the Greek and Latin names op marine Mol-
LUSCA occurring ON THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. By
Henry Poirier. 69 pp., mimeographed. $1.60. Sold by Roger
Bretet, Apt. L 1, 115 Pinehurst Ave., New York 33. 1951. This
very useful pamphlet gives the English meanings of the names of
all the commoner species. The genders of the generic names are
also helpful. The arrangement is systematic with an alphabetic
index of generic names and of trivial terms. The alternating
blank pages will make it a handy checklist for collections. Mis-
spellings are remarkably few ; the following in genera are noted :
Aclys (p. 30) for AcUs Loven, 1846, which seems good Latin.
Spissula (p. 20), Morch, 1853, a sensible emendation of Spisula
Gray, 1837. Vellutina (p. 32) for Velutina Fleming. 1822,
which is closer to the French. Pilsbry points out that the sides
of Lepidopleurus (p. 1) are scaly (Gr. lepid-) rather than grace-
ful.—H. B. B.
Studies on Schistosomiasis Japonica. By T. P. Pesigan and
staff. Philippine Med. Assoc, vol. 27, no. 4, pp. 203-332. 1951.
Many new records of the occurrence of Oncomelania quadrasi
Mlldff. (Amnicolidae), the snail carrier of the Oriental blood
fluke, are given for the Philippines, including important records
for Luzon Island. Habitat notes and details of snail control
experiments are presented in this exhaustive study. An im-
portant and complete annotated bibliography is included. —
R. T, Abbott.
The snail hosts of Bilharzia in Africa. Their Occurrence
and Destruction. By Alan Mozley. vii + 78. Illus. 9 shill-
ings. H. K. Lewis and Co., Ltd., London. 1951. This compact
handbook is of great importance to the millions of people living
in Africa where the fatal, snail-borne blood-fluke diseases are the
leading medical problem. The book is written in a very simple
style and illustrated with care, so that the layman and native
technician will find it extremely easy to use. Mozley has done a
72 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (2)
masterly job in making it possible for anyone capable of reading
English to identify any of the African snail carriers of schisto-
somiasis or bilharzia. The breeding habits, eggs, development,
and habitats of the dangerous species are discussed and illus-
trated. Instructive details are given on the control of snails in
Africa. Mozley recommends the use of the native mineral,
malachite, which is a copper carbonate. Porous bags contain-
ing powdered malachite are dipped in and out of the water
several times. Other chemicals and methods of application are
given. — R. T. Abbott.
Field tests of Mollusc acides against Australorhis glahraius
IN endemic areas of Schistosomiasis in Puerto Rico. By E. G.
Berry et al. Reprint 3033, U. S. Public Health Reports, vol. 65,
no. 30, pp. 939-950. 1950. Malacologists who are asked for in-
formation on the chemical control of fresh-water pulmonates will
find this a useful reference. Two compounds (copper penta-
chlorophenate and sodium pentachlorophenate) were found to be
excellent field molluscacides and their cost is reasonable. The
latter at 9.5 p.p.m. calculated on a 6-hour flow-rate dose de-
stroyed all snails and eggs for a distance of li/o miles down-
stream. It was also lethal to fish, but not crayfish. — R. T,
Abbott.
Notes on Hamilton County (Ohio) land snails. By How-
ard H, Halteman. Privately published. 1951. 28 species are
listed.— H. B. B.
The nautilus
Vol. 65 JANUARY, 1952 No. 3
BARNEA TRUNCATA (SAY) AT SOUTH CAPE MAY,
NEW JERSEY
By ROBERT C. ALEXANDER
The beach at South Cape May between Cape May City and
Cape May Point at the southern tip of New Jersey is being
eaten away by the ocean. Only a solitary house remains of fif-
teen or more houses that stood at South Cape May in 1950, all
the others having been wrecked or washed away by a severe
storm on November 25th of that year. There are indications that
the ocean maj- again break through the protecting strip of beach
to form an inlet near the spot where an old inlet is said to have
existed many years ago. As the ocean washes the sand away,
flats of old meadow sod are exposed along the shore, showing that
this was meadow land in the past before the sand covered it.
Maps of the region in the time of the Revolutionary War show
that the land extended farther out than it does at present, and
shoals which are now submerged may have been above the water
and connected with the present shoreline by low-lying land.
Dr. Horace G. Richards and others have observed the imprints
of horses' hoofs in the exposed sod, and the remains of an old
corduroy road heading directly into the ocean, giving confirma-
tion to the belief that where there is ocean now there used to be
dry land, where the early settlers took their livestock to graze and
went to gather hay and cut wood, perhaps two hundred years
ago. This submerged meadow sod now provides a home for
boring mollusks.
Occasionally, when chunks of old meadow sod are torn
loose from the ocean bottom during storms and cast ashore by
the waves, mollusks that are not ordinarily seen alive may be
found in them. During a trip to the beach at South Cape May
on September 9, 1951, I found the shore littered with debris
washed up by a stormy surf. In large pieces of meadow sod cast
73
74 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
up by the waves, there were full-grown living specimens of the
Truncated Piddock, Barnea truncata (Say), which because of
its fragile shell and habit of burrowing deep into sod and clay
is one of the more difficult species to collect alive and in good
condition. Here was an opportunity to obtain perfect living
specimens of this mollusk simply by breaking apart the chunks
of sod washed up on the beach. From two pieces of sod, I
secured nearly two dozen specimens whose shells measured
about 21/4 inches in length, as well as living specimens of the
Small Razor Clam, E7isis minor Dall, and the Small or False
Angel-wing, Petricola pholadiformis Lamarck, which is plentiful
in this locality. These specimens have been presented to the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Penna.
REFERENCES
Alexander, Robert C, Some shells from South Cape May
Beach, April 1941, Nautilus, vol. 54, no. 4, p. 126.
Alexander, Robert C, Report on the land mollusks of Cape
May, N. J., Nautilus, July, 1947, vol. 61, no. 1, p. 4.
Richards, Horace G., The occurrence of old meadow sod under
the New Jersey beaches. Science, June 19, 1931, vol. 73, no.
1903, pp. 673-674.
MOLLUSCAN SHELLS OCCUPIED BY TANAIDS
By ARTHUE D. HOWARD *
When collecting shells we usually note those occupied by hermit
crabs. Among some shells from Concepcion Bay, Lower Cali-
fornia, was one of the Caecidae apparently host to a hermit crab.
As we had never seen so small a shell occupied by a decapod we
photographed it. On showing it to a specialist on Crustacea,
he said it looked like an Isopod but that to be sure we would
have to remove the crustacean from the shell. We had given it
to a student of the Paguridae who removed the animal so as to
expose the posterior part covered by the shell. He verified our
opinion that it was not a hermit crab and according to our
crustacean specialist. Dr. Menzies, the animal belonged to the
* Contribution no. 83 from the Allan Hancock Foundation, University
of Southern California, Los Angeles, California.
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 75
genus, Pagurapseudes, one of the chelate Tanaids known to be
adapted for dwelling within an unoccupied mollusean shell. The
abdominal segments of this Tanaid are coiled up somewhat as in
the hermit crabs. One investigator reports that they have been
found occupying the same shell with small Paguridae. The
mollusks, one of the Caeeidae, was identified provisionally as a
species of Micranellum, is 3 mm. long and less than 1 mm. in
diameter (PL 5, fig. 3). Subsequently we found the shell of
another mollusk likewise occupied by a crustacean much smaller
than a hermit crab as usually observed. Upon more careful ex-
amination there proved to be twe Crustacea lying side by side in
a walled off portion beneath the horizontal shelf of the mollusk.
The shell measuring 3 mm. long by 2.5 mm. wide was that of a
Crepidula. The crustacean was identified as a Tanaid (pro-
visionally) of the genus Synopseudes. This Synopseudes,
shown in photograph Plate 5, fig. 4, is somewhat different from
Pagurapseudes in that it possesses only 3 abdominal segments
whereas there are six in Pagurapseudes.
The Crepidula with its contained crustacean was taken in
shore collecting south of Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico, Jan. 10,
1947. In this same collection we found a pelecypod shell occu-
pied by this same species of Synopseudes apparently. It lay the
full length of the shell, the two valves lying apart about one
quarter opening. Photographs of the first two associations are
shown herewith. The two are magnified twenty -five times. The
Synopseudes free from a shell is shown in Plate 5, fig. 4. The
photographers are Daniel H. Chapman and B. Fortin.
A NEW RECORD OF HELIX ASPERSA MULLER
By HOWARD KNIGHT
Weber College, Ogden, Utah
About November 15, 1950, a snail was brought to the author
for identification and advice about its control, as it was reported
doing considerable damage to gardens in Ogden, Utah. Dr.
Henry Van der Schalie, University of Michigan, determined it to
be Helix aspersa Miiller, the brown garden snail.
76 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
"The shell is imperforate or nearly so, obliquely globose,
yellow, typically with 1(23)45 bands of chestnut-brown to
chocolate, the bands interrupted by yellow flecks or streaks . . .
last whorl with rather coarse, unequal wrinkles. The last whorl
descends in front. Lip reflected, white, dilated over and usually
closing the umbilicus" (Pilsbry, 1939).
The average of measurements on nine local specimens are :
diameter, 28.8; height, 20.5. H. aspersa is Utah's largest snail.
This snail has been known in the United States since 1839 when
a specimen was received from Europe by a Dr. Gould of Portland,
Maine. This one was probably from France or southern Europe.
Distribution in the United States at present is reported by
Pilsbry (1939) and Abbott (1950) as the New England coast,
the coast region of the Carolinas, southern Louisiana near the
mouth of Mississippi River, and the coast of California from San
Diego north to the vicinity of San Francisco. Previous to the
present report, there were no records from inland areas.
Searchers in the vicinity of Portland, Maine have been unable
to find this snail in recent years, but many have been imported
through the years for use as food, and probably some have es-
caped. Its most successful introduction was at San Jose, Cali-
fornia, as reported by Pilsbry (1939). This introduction oc-
curred in 1856. H. aspersa was imported to New Orleans from
Spain, but how it came to Utah is not known at present.
Pilsbry (1939) lists this snail from South Carolina, Louisiana,
and California, and calls attention to some variations in band
formulae and colors among the specimens from these regions.
The specimens from Utah are most like the California specimens
he describes, which may be a clue to the origin of specimens
found here.
Mr. Stanley Mulaik reports, "... some of these snails (dead)
in a 30,000 volt power supply which came from the coast (Cali-
fornia) by way of Ogden, or Hill Air Force Base." Several
people living near the garden where our specimens were found
report having purchased many garden plants and trees from
California growers, which may explain the importation of these
pests to Utah.
On March 21, 1951, three living snails and several empty shells
were collected in the same garden plot and vicinity where the
first specimens were taken in Ogden. The living snails were in
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 77
hibernation among the branches of myrtle, a prostrate plant
growing on the north side of the house where no direct sun could
ever strike. There were no living snails found in nearby sunny
places, but several shells were found in sunlighted spots.
This animal is reported by Rust, 1914 and Abbott, 1950 as
being a serious garden pest in the United States, and several
people in Ogden have reported it destroying considerable por-
tions of their gardens, particularly the leafy plants such as
lettuce. In our laboratory, specimens have thrived several
months on lettuce, sliced carrots, and rolled oats.
On February 2, 1951 there were 80 juvenile snails in the
terrarium. They are light tan in color and the shell is somewhat
translucent.
Two adults were seen in copulation on March 6, 1951, and
again on March 23, 1951.
In the literature the brown garden snail is referred to as the
escargot, and is considered an epicure's delight, which suggests
a possible control measure.
Nine specimens measure as follows.
Height 19 mm., diameter 28 mm.
Height 22 mm., diameter 26.8 mm.
Height 21.6 mm., diameter 31.8 mm.
Height 21.2 mm., diameter 29 mm.
Height 22 mm., diameter 28 mm.
Height 19.5 mm., diameter 28.1 mm.
Height 19.3 mm., diameter 29 mm.
Height 20.7 mm., diameter 29.5 mm.
Height 19.2 mm., diameter 29 mm.
A NEW TEREBRA (HOFFMEYERI) FROM
THE PHILIPPINES 1
By E. tucker ABBOTT
Associate Curator, U. S. National Museum
A few year ago Mr. and Mrs. F. K. Hadley sent me a large set
of a Terehra from the Republic of the Philippines for identifi-
cation. A thorough search in the literature leads me to believe
that they are undescribed. These specimens were collected by
1 Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
78 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
Major Harry Hoffmeyer (MC), USA, who was an enthusiastic
lover of mollusks and an indefatigable collector. He gave his
life in the service of his country during World War II while in
the Philippines. We are honored in having the opportunity of
naming this species after its discoverer.
Terebra (Strioterebrum) hoffmeyeri, n. sp. Plate 5, figs. 5-9.
Description. — Shell about 18 mm. in length, moderately
slender, its width being about % of its length ; glossy, lead-gray
with a light purplish-brown undertone ; 2 nuclear whorls smooth
and translucent-brown ; the ribs and an ill-defined, narrow band
below the suture lighter. Axial ribs fairly strong, angular, very
slightly retractively slanting, and extending from suture to
suture; from 15 to 17 ribs on the penultimate whorl, and the
ribs in each whorl are usually lined up axially one below the
other. On the last whorl the ribs extend % the way down.
The last few ribs are usually crowded together. Spiral sculp-
ture of a row of indistinct punctations, one between each rib,
defining a narrow subsutural band. In some specimens, numer-
ous, microscopic, spiral scratches are found between the concave
interstices of the ribs. Aperture slightly constricted. Interior
of aperture chestnut-brown, with a narrow, whitish, spiral color
band at each end. Outer lip sinuate, strongly flaring below and
produced anteriorly well below the limit of the columella. This
produces a rather well-defined but short siphonal canal which
is pointed somewhat dorsally. Inner lip slightly callous. Col-
umella inside the shell with a single, low, anteriorly-placed, spiral
fold. Exteriorly, the siphonal fasciole bears two strong, equal-
sized, spiral cords. At the base of the body whorl and above a
spiral groove bordering the fasciole there is a very strong to
moderately developed light-colored, spiral cord.
Length Width No. whorls
17.0 mm. 4.2 mm. 13. Holotype, U.S.N.M. No. 598077
22.6 mm. 4.9 mm. 13. Paratypes, U.S.N.M. No. 596972
16.0 mm. 4.1 mm. 12. Paratypes, U.S.N.M. No. 596972
Of 300 paratypes measured for their length, the smallest was
12.5 mm., the largest 23.0 mm., and 52.6 percent of the lot fell
between 17 and 19 mm. The mean was 17.6, the mode 18.0 mm.
Type locality. — Pasay Beach, Manila Bay, Luzon Id., Republic
of the Philippines. Harry Hoffmeyer, collector. May to Au-
gust, 1939.
Types. The holotype, fig. 8, is in U.S.N.M. No. 598077; 50
THE NAUTILUS: 65 (8)
PLATE 5
Fig. 1, 2, Crepidula aculeata (Gm.) with two Synopseudes lying beneath
shelf. 3, a Tanaid, Pag itropseudes, in Caecum shell. 4, Synopseudes free
of shell. 5-9 Tercbra hoffmeyeri Abbott.
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 79
paratypes in U.S.N.M. No. 596972; paratypes also deposited in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, B. P. Bishop Museum in
Honolulu, and the Philippine Bureau of Science in Manila. 200
paratypes were returned to Mr. and Mrs. F. K. Hadley of "West
Newton, Mass.
Other records. — Malate, Manila Harbor, P. I. P. Bartseh,
coll. ; Keledjitan, Bantam, Java. Bryant and Palmer, coll.
1909.
Remarls. — This species is closest in morphological characters
to Terehra clappi Pilsbry, 1921, but differs from that Hawaiian
species in having the following characters: base with a greatly
to moderately swollen spiral cord; siphonal fasciole with two
distinct spiral cords (although the internal columella bears only
one) ; the base of the outer lip is strongly produced anteriorly
and frequently twisted to the left to form a distinct siphonal
canal. The Hawaiian specimens of T. plicatella Deshayes,
1857, are larger, more slender, uniformly colored a light yellow-
brown and with the inner lip callous and considerably raised.
U.S.N.M. No. 18268 contains four specimens of T. plicatella
labeled as coming from the type locality, Van-Diemen [Tas-
mania] which agree with Deshayes' description and the Ha-
waiian specimens. This is what Pilsbry (1921) called nitida
Hinds. On inspection of Hinds' figure of nitida (in Sowerby's
Thesaurus, Terehra, pi. 45, fig. 103) and the original description
(Proc. Zool. See. London, June 1844 (1843), p. 152. Marque-
sas.), I am impressed by its similarity with T. clappi, but hesi-
tate to put the latter in syononymy until Hinds' type is seen.
T. hoffmeyeri is placed in the subgenus Strioterehrum Sacco,
and in the section Punctoterebra Bartseh, 1923 (Type : nitida
Hinds).
Some specimens of T. hoffmeyeri exhibit a remarkable develop-
ment of the basal cord and the hooked and produced base of the
outer lip, characters which, at first, would appear to be of
generic significance. However, among the 300 specimens exam-
ined, there are many which almost entirely lack the basal cord
and whose outer lip is not too greatly produced. The species
shows an amount of morphological variation not often seen in
this family.
80 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bartsch, p. 1923. A key to the Family Terebridae. The
Nautilus, vol. 37, no. 2, pp. 60-64.
PiLSBRY, H. A. 1921. Marine mollusks of Hawaii, VIII-XIII.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Nov. 1920, p. 300-309, pi. 12.
PiLSBRY, H. A., AND H. N. LowE. 1932. West Mexican and
Central American mollusks collected by H. N. Lowe, 1929-
31. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 84, pp. 33-144 [see p.
39-40],
WooDRiNG, W. P. 1928. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Ja-
maica. Carnegie Inst. Wash. No. 385, pt. 2, pp. 1-459 [see
p. 134].
THREE NEW SPECIES OF TRIODOPSIS FROM
NORTH CAROLINA
By LESLIE HUBRICHT
Triodopsis messana, new species.
Shell reddish brown, depressed, with conoidal spire. Nor-
rowly umbilicate, the umbilicus contained 9 to 12 times in the
diameter. Whorls 51/0^ slightly convex, deeply constricted be-
hind the peristome. First whorl smooth, with weak short
radial striae near the suture, later whorls radially striate. Re-
flected peristome white, thickened within, with a pointed to
broadly rounded, inwardly bent tooth in the outer margin, and
a transverse tubercle on the callus ledge in the middle of the
basal margin. Parietal tooth rather long and angularly curved
to arcuate. There is no internal tubercle on the columellar axis.
Diam. 12.0 mm. Ht. 7.1 mm. Holotype.
Diam. 10.9 mm. Ht. 6.4 mm. Paratype.
Diam. 12.8 mm. Ht. 7.5 mm. Paratype.
Diam. 15.0 mm. Ht. 8.7 mm. Laurinburg.
Diam. 8.8 mm. Ht. 5.8 mm. Wallace.
In many ways T. messana is intermediate between T. fallax
and T. hopetonensis. It differs from the former in being darker
colored (when fresh), and in wanting the internal tubercle.
From the latter it differs in being more elevated, with a smaller
umbilicus, and in usually having the teeth more strongly devel-
oped. I have had no difficulty distinguishing it from T. fallax,
but small depauperate specimens are extremely difficult to dis-
tinguish from T. hopetonensis.
Some lots have the upper lip tooth pointed and little if any
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 81
inflected, in others it is broadly rounded and deep seated. The
difference is a great as between Mesodon inflecta and M. rugeli,
but there is complete intergradation.
T. messana is figured in H. A. Pilsbry, Land Mollusea of
North America, Vol. 1, p. 810, fig. 480c.
Virginia : Nansemond Co. : just east of Suffolk. North Caro-
lina : Northampton Co. : Rich Square. Bertie Co. : Windsor.
Pitt Co. : Roadside, 2 miles southwest of Greenville ; roadside,
4.5 miles southeast of Farmville, Beaufort Co, : pine woods, 9.5
miles west of Yeatsville. Johnston Co., Selma; Princeton;
Benson. Craven Co. : railroad embankment, 4.3 miles north of
Vanceboro ; RR. embankment, 9.3 miles southeast of Vanceboro.
Cumberland Co. : Fayetteville. Sampson Co. : pecan grove,
Delway. Duplin Co. : Wallace. Onslow Co. : Richlands. Scot-
land Co.: Laurinburg. Robeson Co.: Maxton; Rowland; Lum-
berton. Pender Co. : Hempstead ; roadside, 0.5 mile south of
Rocky Point ; Burgaw. Bladen Co. : White Oak. Columbus
Co.: under logs, 3.2 miles northwest of Ash; Tabor City;
Whiteville, holotype and paratypes, 188295 A.N.S.P., paratypes
10166, collection of the author. Brunswick Co. : Southport.
South Carolina : Dillon Co. : Dillon ; Latta. Darlington Co. :
Darlington ; Hartsville. Lee Co. : Bishopville. Florence Co. :
Coward ; Scranton ; Lake City. Marion Co. : Marion. Horry
Co. : pine woods, 2.5 miles east of Grean Sea. Berkeley Co. : St.
Stephen.
I found a sinistral specimen at Dillon, South Carolina.
Triodopsis fulciden, new species.
Shell pale cinnamon-buff, spire depressed. Umbilicus nar-
row, deep and well-like, showing all the whorls. First whorl
smooth, with weak short radial striae near the suture, later
whorls costate, strongly papillose in the umbilical region and
behind the peristome. Whorls 514>, slightly convex, sutures im-
pressed, last quarter whorl rising slowly below, inflated
above and turning abruptly downward behind the peristome.
Strongly constricted behind peristome. Peristome white, some-
what dished, outer lip tooth inflected with a prominent buttress
below. Basal tooth blunt, seated transversely on the lip-callus.
Parietal tooth high, straight or slightly curved, entering slightly
into the aperture, and connected to the end of the outer lip by
a low buttress.
Diam. 8.1 mm. Ht. 4.2 mm. Holotype.
Diam. 7.2 mm. Ht. 4.1 mm. Paratype.
Diam. 8.8 mm. Ht. 4.6 mm. Paratype.
82 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
Type locality. — North Carolina : Catawba Co. : upland oaks
woods, 3.4 miles west of Conover, holotype 188292, and paratypes
188290 A.N.S.P., paratypes 10935, collection of the author.
This species is unique in Triodopsis in having a buttress con-
necting the parietal tooth and the end of the outer lip as in many
species of Polygyra and Stenotrema. T. rugosa, which it re-
sembles in having a buttress below the outer lip tooth, has an
aperture very similar to T. tridetitata. Whereas the aperture of
T. fulciden is more suggestive of T. fraudulenta.
Triodopsis pendula, new species.
Shell depressed, dull, pale cinnamon-buff. Embryonic whorl
smooth, later whorls rib striate, strongly papillose in the um-
bilical region and behind the peristome. Umbilicus somewhat
funnel shaped, the last whorl eccentric, twice the diameter of
the preceding whorl, contained about 6 times in the diameter of
the shell. Whorls 5i/o, slightly convex, sutures impressed,
strongly constricted behind the peristome. Peristome white,
somewhat dished, outer lip tooth rounded, slightly inflected,
basal tooth blunt, set transversely on the lip callus. Parietal
tooth slightly curved, high, and connected to the columella.
Diam. 11.3 mm. Ht. 6.2 mm. Holotype.
Diam. 13.7 mm, Ht. 6.7 mm. High Point.
Diam. 9.6 mm. Ht. 5.0 mm. Mt. Airy.
North Carolina : Stokes Co. : summit of Hanging Rock Mtn.,
Hanging Rock State Park, holotype 188293 and paratypes 188294
A.N.S.P., other paratypes A9637, collection of the author; up-
land woods, 2.5 miles southeast of Danbury. Allegheny Co. :
3000 ft., Roaring Gap. Surry Co. : Kalmia thicket, 3 miles
southeast of Mt. Airy. Wilkes Co. : upland woods, 7.5 miles
east of Wilkesboro. Forsyth Co. : upland woods, 3 miles west
of Pfufftown. Guilford Co. : upland oak woods, 3.5 miles north-
east of Jamestown; 2 miles west of High Point.
This species is related to T. fraudulenta vulgata and T. ne-
glecta. Differing from the former in being smaller, more de-
pressed, with a smaller, less dished aperture, the outer lip tooth
is smaller and not as greatly inflected. From T. neglecta,
which it resembles in its aperture, it differs in its much smaller
umbilicus.
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 83
CREPIDULA MACULOSA CONRAD
By dale V. STINGLEY
During a trip to Sanibel Island, Florida in 1948, the author
collected a number of beach specimens of Crepidula showing
unusual pigmentation. These specimens on superficial examina-
tion were classified as C. fornicata L. and temporarily forgotten.
However, in August 1949 and April 1950 on subsequent visits
to Sanibel, heavy blows provided an abundance of live material
and a more careful stud.y led to the conclusion that this was a
distinct species.
Examinations were then made of the collections of the Chicago
Natural History Museum, Academy of Natural Sciences Phila-
delphia, United States National Museum and Museum of Com-
parative Zoology. This work disclosed that this species, with
two exceptions, had been classified as C. fornicata. The excep-
tions being single examples from the west coast of Florida
classified as C. glauca Say, and C. maculosa Conrad, respectively.
Consulting the literature disclosed that C. maculosa had been
described in the Proceedings of the Academj^ of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, Vol. 3, pp. 26-27 (1846) in an article entitled
"Descriptions of New Species of Fossil and Recent Shells and
Corals" by T. A. Conrad.
"Crepidula maculosa. Subovate ; anterior side flattened ; back
acutely rounded ; umbo compressed ; color white, with irregular
brown spots somewhat in raj'-like series. Length 1% inch.
Breadth % inch.
Locality: Mullet Key, Tampa Bay."
Conrad, unfortunately, did not figure this species and the type
presumably in the Academy of Natural Sciences Philadelphia
appears to be lost. No. 188296 A.N.S.P., from the type locality,
Mullet Key, has been designated a neotype. Several illustra-
tions of C maculosa have been erroneously designated C. forni-
cata L., and as a result, the former has been assumed to be a
synonym for the latter. C. maculosa is, however, a valid species
as the following expanded description and comparison with C.
fornicata will show.
84 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
Crepidula maculosa Conrad. Plate 2, fig. 7-10.
Description. — Shell 25 to 35 mm. in length, uniformly convex
and thin but strong, smooth except for minute sculpture of
growth lines. Color; white with coarse irregular brown to
blackish lines commonly broken up into spots or merged into
blotches. Interior; white occasionally pinkish, with exterior
pigmentation showing through. The apex is small, generally
free and inclined dextrally. Aperture; oval. Diaphram; deep
seated, slightly less than half the length of the aperture and ex-
tending into the apex. Free margin of diaphram uniformly and
smoothly concave, slightly more extended on the left side. There
is a prominent muscle scar anterior to the diaphragm on the
right side.
The animal is a mottled silvery grey color, the foot being
silvery white and attached both to the diaphragm and to the
shell anterior to the diaphragm on the right side.
Comparison. — Special differentiation between C fornicata and
C. maculosa is based on major physical differences and the ab-
sence of continuously intergrading forms, where the two species
occupy the same range.
Comparing C. fornicata with C. maculosa, we find first, that
the edge of the diaphragm in C. fornicata is irregular and sinu-
ously convex while C. maculosa is smoothly concave. The dia-
phragm in C. maculosa extends markedly into the apex, and the
sides to the aperture approach the diaphragm at a nearly per-
pendicular angle. The diaphragm is also moderately deep
seated. In C. fornicata, the diaphragm does not normally ex-
tend into the apex; the sides of the aperture usually approach
the diaphragm at an angle greater than 90° and the diaphragm is
shallow.
The apex of C. fornicata is coarse and commonly fused to the
body whorl. The apex of C. maculosa is distinct and free. The
shape of C. fornicata is irregular and greatly influenced by the
surface to which it adheres. The shape of C. maculosa is regular
and the aperture is consistently oval even in specimens deformed
by their situation of growth.
A comparison of the animals of C. fornicata and C. maculosa
brings forth major differences in anatomy. In C. maculosa, the
attachment of the foot muscle to the shell results in a prominent
muscle scar, which is almost completely absent in G. fornicata
since the foot is attached mainly to the diaphragm. The foot of
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 86
C. fornicata is a rather uniform, slightly orange flesh color,
while that of C. maculosa is silvery grey mottled.
It should be pointed out that the animal of C. maculosa closely
resembles C. aculeata Gmelin in both color and anatomy, which
may indicate that these species are closely related.
The range of C. maculosa cannot be fully determined from the
material available. It is well established on the Florida west
coast from St. Joseph Bay, south to Marco Island, but in the
collections mentioned above, the only east coast record must be
considered doubtful. The southern and western limits also
cannot be defined. One lot collected by Pilsbry at Havana,
Cuba, and another collected by Heilprin at Progreso, Yucatan,
appear to be C. maculosa. However, in the author's opinion,
this should be confirmed by an examination of preserved material
before it can be definitely accepted that these are C. maculosa.
The writer is deeply indebted to Mr. W. J. Clench, Mr. John
D. Parker and Mr. R. T. Abbott for their encouragement and
cheerful assistance in making this study possible.
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF
THE RELICT LAKES IN THE GREAT BASIN
By JOSHUA L. BAILY, JR. and RUTH INGERSOLL BAILY
(Continued from p. 53)
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) hemphilli (Baker)
Under strict application of the law of priority Henderson
should be cited as the authority because his publication was the
earlier, but since it was clearly the intention of both writers
that Baker should be credited with the names we have cited him
although well aware that the decision to do so maj^ eventually be
overruled.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) caperata Say. Saratoga.
Lymnaea (Polyrhytis) kingii utahensis Call. Lifton; Ideal
Beach ; Saratoga, Geneva, Provo. This race, originally described
as a variety of Lymnaea ampla Mighels (Call, 1884) and later
raised to independent specific rank by the author (Call, 1886),
appears to be the extant descendent of Lymnaea kingii Meek
(1876) from the Pliocene beds in Cache County, Utah. Cer-
86 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
tainly the two are closely related as stated by Baker (1911 ) . The
chief difference appears to be in the columellar region of the
peristome, which in the figure of the holotype of Lymnaea kingii
given by Baker (loc. cit.) appears to be diagonal with a con-
spicuous fold, while in the figures of Lymnaea utahensis in the
same work the columellar pillar appears straight and parallel
with the axis. The latter form seems characteristic of our ma-
terial but the range of variation is so great as to justify the
assignment of Lymnaea utahensis to Lymnaea kingii as a sub-
species.
Parapholyx effusa nevadensis Henderson. Toy; Pyramid
Lake. The first record of this subspecies seems to have been by
Dall (1870) under the name of Pompholyx effusa solida from
Clear Lake, California. Later, Stearns (1883) commented on
this form, stating that the original material had come from White
Pine, Nevada, and that the type locality cited by Dall was
erroneous. Still later Henderson (1934, p. 90, pi. 9 fig. 5-7)
described a new variety from Winnemucca Lake to which he gave
the name Parapholyx effusa nevadensis, and in the same publi-
cation he accorded specific rank to Ball's subspecies. In the
same year, but subsequent to Henderson's publication, Pilsbry
(1934) gave the name Pompholyx solida optima to a variety from
Lake Bigler, Nevada. Finally, Baker (1945, p. 164) accorded
full specific rank to both Parapholyx nevadensis and Parapholyx
solida to the latter of which he referred Pilsbry 's subspecies.
In a long series of these shells from Pyramid Lake the ob-
servable variation appears to efface the supposed differences
among the forms mentioned above. The range of variation is
tremendous, some specimens being thin and transparent while
others are thick and opaque; some are smooth and others
costate; in some the peristome is simple and in others it is
flaring ; in some the spire is flat and in others it is elevated ; and
these characteristics are united in every possible combination.
Between the extremes every conceivable degree of continuous
intergradation occurs, making segregation impractical if not ab-
solutely impossible. If the distinctions among these forms be
considered valid our Pyramid Lake shells will fall into Para-
pholyx effusa nevadensis, but if not they should be called Para-
pholyx effusa solida.
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 87
Carinifex newherryi Lea s.s. Lifton ; Ideal Beach ; Provo.
Carinifex neivherryi occidentalis Hanna. Lake Tahoe. This
is the paper-thin form characteristic of many northern California
lakes.
Helisonia tenue Dunker. Pyramid Lake. Plate 4, fig. 12.
This is a common species of the Mexican plateau. It is widely
spread, specimens in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences indicating it to be known from many localities, among
them Arizona ; Humboldt Valley, Nevada ; Estes Park, Colorado ;
San Diego County, California; and the Lerma River in Mexico.
It is recognizable by the rather triangular aperture, the minute
and close but usually quite distinct striae, and the small di-
ameter of the upper or left cavity.
Modern specialists on this family (see Baker, 1945, p. 149)
have divided this species into a half dozen or so subspecies, only
two of which are found north of the Mexican border. To these
have been given the names Helisoma tenue calif orniense Baker
and Helisoma tenue sinuosum Bonnet. The two are practically
indistinguishable. If we assume the Sierra Nevada Mountains
to mark the boundary between the habitats of these two sub-
species (a not unreasonable assumption) the Great Basin race
will be Helisoma tenue sinuosum but we have not accepted this
name because our material so closely resembles the figure of the
type given by Dunker that we are unable to distinguish between
them.
Helisoma suhcrenatum Carpenter. Lifton.
Helisoma binneyi ursolacustre subsp. nov., Lifton. Plate 4,
fig. 11. Holotype in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, no. 187690. The large, coarsely striate Helisoma of
Bear Lake and other localities in Idaho, Utah, and Nevada fig-
ured by Chamberlin and Jones (1929, p. 148, fig. 69) has been
listed, according to Henderson (1929), under several names, such
as Helisoma corpulentum Saj^, H. hinneyi Tryon, H. Jiorni Tryon,
H. pilshryi Baker, and apparently even H. subcrenatum Car-
penter, but it does not agree very well with any of these species.
In comparison with specimens of equal diameter these shells
may be seen to be significantly lower than those of H. hinneyi or
H. pilshryi (which are probably equivalent to each other and
which may be only varieties of Helisoma trivolvis Say) and sig-
88 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
nificantly higher than those of H. subcrenatum or H. horni (the
identity of the latter is somewhat uncertain). On the umbilical
or right side which is deep and vortex-like, showing two or three
whorls, the whorls are rounded, differing from those of Helisoma
corpulentum, which are somewhat angulated on both sides. The
spire is shallow, with a prominent angulation on the periphery of
the whorls, though the body whorl tends to become more or less
rounded near the aperture. The surface is sculptured with
coarse striae, generally well spaced, but sometimes locally
crowded, especially near the aperture, which is decidedly wider
in proportion to its length than that of H. binneyi s.s.
The size of apparently adult shells varies from about 20 mm. in
diameter to over 30 mm. The figured type from Lifton, Idaho,
measures: diameter 21.4 mm., height 10.5 mm.
In order to have a name certainly applicable to the shells
which we and many others before us have collected from this
region we are calling them Helisoma hinneyi ursolacustre. We
leave to specialists the task of deciding whether this is a sub-
species or race of Helisoma trivolvis Say or of H. binneyi Tryon,
or a species in its own right.
The name Planorbis binneyi was given by Tryon (1870) to
the species which Haldeman had identified erroneously as P.
corpulentiis Say. The type locality of P. binneyi was the Lewis
River, Oregon, Thomas Nuttall being the collector. According
to Pennell (1936) Nuttall was on the "Lewis" or Snake River
somewhere near the present town of Blackfoot, Brigham County,
Idaho, and again he followed the river from the confluence of the
Boise River to that of the Malheur River, Fayette County, Idaho,
or on the Oregon side. This seems a more probable place for the
collecting of Helisoma binneyi.
Gyraulus similaris F. C. Baker. Lifton; Saltair; Geneva;
Saratoga; Provo; Toy; Topaz Lake; Diaz Lake. This is the
most widespread mollusk in the Great Basin, and it is practically
indistinguishable from the eastern species Gyraulus parvus Say.
Promenetus rubellus Sterki. Lakota.
Promenetus exacuous Say. Provo.
Ferrissia fragilis Tryon. Saratoga ; Provo.
Physa triticea Lea s.s. Geneva ; Provo ; Diaz Lake. Specimens
from Provo resemble Physa blandi Lea. This is the only mollusk
we observed living in Utah Lake.
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 89
Physa triticea venusta Lea. Lakota.
Physa nuttalli Lea. Saratoga ; Topaz Lake.
Physa virgata traski Lea. Saltair, Saratoga.
Physa virgata interior is Ferriss. Liftou ; Ideal Beach ; Walker
Lake. This subspecies was named by Ferriss (1920) without a
description, and referred by him to Physa humerosa Gould. The
name acquired legal standing when Pilsbry (1930) published
an illustration of the holotype. The latter author considered it
a form of Physa virgata Gould, an opinion in which we whole-
heartedly concur. Some of the Bear Lake material looks exactly
like specimens in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, and also like Pilsbry 's figures, but others may vary to a
somewhat more globose shape.
Neither Henderson (1924; 1931; 1936) nor Chamberlin and
Jones (1929) list this variety from Bear Lake, but Henderson
(loc. cit.) reports it from other Utah localities, and Chamberlin
and Jones (loc. cit.) record Physa virgata Gould, presumably
this subspecies, elsewhere in the state. These writers agree that
there is only one Physa to be found in the lake, which they
identify as Physa ampullacea Gould, a species which we did not
observe there. But as we also believe that there is only one
Physa to be found in Bear Lake we assume our material to be
conspecific with theirs, and conclude that a difference of opinion
exists among us as to its affinities. We do not wish to commit
ourselves as to the validity of the variety interioris but we are
convinced that it should be referred, not to Physa humerosa or to
Physa ampullacea but to Physa virgata.
Physa lordi utahensis Clench. Geneva ; Provo ; Pyramid Lake.
Physa lordi zomos subsp. nov., Pyramid Lake. Plate 4, fig. 4.
Holotype no. 187699 in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences. The great number of unrecognizable and unidentifi-
able terms which have been inflicted upon the species of Physa
bear mute but eloquent testimony to the extent to which no-
menclatorial artists have committed mayhem on this genus. So
much so is this the case that Henderson (1924, p. 181) has
written : " At present it is not possible to work out the synonymies
of the western physas. Manj^ species should doubtless be elimi-
nated from the list, but I can not now tell where to place the
records in the synonymies. Consequently they are presented just
90 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
as they were found, in alphabetical order, ..." He then pro-
ceeds to list 28 species and varieties with three others thrown in
for good measure, and in a later publication (1936, pp. 126-31)
adds ten more. It must be remembered that although these are
referred to as "western" Physas neither of these treatises in-
cludes the records from the three Pacific coast states or Nevada.
A contributing factor to the "origin of species" in this sense
is the varying degree of importance assigned by different writers
to the expansion of the body whorl into a conspicuous shoulder.
It is possible that in some instances this expanded shoulder may
be of taxonomic significance but it seems likely that in many
instances it is an adaptive structure. Pilsbry (1891) suggested
that the form in these eases might be correlated with an in-
crease in the capacity of the air-sac or lung which occupies that
part of the shell, and that it might be the result of a more con-
tinuous or prolonged subaquatic existence.
Clench (1925) observes that these high shouldered forms are
characteristic of large bodies of water of considerable depth,
where oxygen is not readily available and where it must be stored
up as it becomes obtainable. He is not convinced that the ex-
panded body whorl is always the result of an ecologic factor, but
feels that it is likely that it may be so.
The large Physa from west of the continental divide, Physa
lordi Baird, has in the past frequently been confused with Physa
parheri, although the two seem to have little in common except
the large size to which they attain. Clench (loc. cit. pi. 1, fig.
4, 6) has figured the types of both, and reference to his figures
will facilitate the discrimination of these two species.
In the typical form of Physa lordi there is a shoulder well de-
veloped so that the greatest diameter of the body whorl tends to
pass through the center of the parietal portion of the peristome.
Specimens from Utah Lake lack this expanded shoulder, so that
the greatest diameter tends to pass through the angle where the
parietal and columellar portions of the peristome come together.
To this form Clench (loc. cit., p. 8, fig. 5) has given the name
Physa lordi utahensis; but Chamberlin and Jones (1929, p. 162,
fig. 75) have raised this form to independent specific rank on
the advice of Clench.
Specimens of Physa from Pyramid Lake resemble Physa lordi
Jan., 1952]
THE NAUTILUS
91
in the absence of the shoulder on the bodj' whorl and in the
position of the maximum diameter, but they differ widely in
their bodily proportions from both the typical form and from
Physa lordi uiahensis. In both of the named forms the greatest
diameter is approximately equal to two-thirds of the distance
between the apex and the most remote point on the margin of
the aperture, while in the Pyramid Lake specimens these dimen-
sions are approximately equal. In the language of physical
anthropology the habitus of the Pyramid Lake specimens is
pycnic whereas that of the other two races is esthenic. For this
reason the subspecific name zomos from the Greek fw/xos "fat
fellow" is here suggested for the Pyramid Lake form. The out-
lines of the types of the three forms are figured in the text.
Fig. 1, Physa lordi Baird, after Binney. Fig. 2, Physa lordi utahensis
after Clench. Fig. 3, Physa lordi zomos subsp. nov.
We feel that until more is known of the anatomy and physi-
ology of the soft parts of these it is wiser to take the conservative
attitude of considering them to be but variants of a single species.
Physa lordi zomos is of course not a newly discovered sub-
species. It is inconceivable that a form which occurs in such
abundance on the shores of Pyramid Lake should have escaped
notice by all the field malacologists who have succumbed to the
lure of this lake in the desert. The only surprising fact is that
until now no one has seen fit to give it a new name.
Oxyloma haydeni kaibahensis Pilsbry. Provo.
Succinea nuttalliana Lea. Lakota.
The last two species are not, strictly speaking, aquatic moUusks,
but their terrestrial habitat is always so close to water that it is
convenient to include them in this investigation.
92 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
Conclusions
As a result of this investigation three facts stand out con-
spicuously which any students in the same field in the near
future should continuously bear in mind. These may be briefly
summarized as follows :
First, that the Hayden survey of Territories, despite the care
taken by its members, overlooked many forms which modern
writers would consider worthy of nomenclatorial recognition.
Second, the great variation in those forms of restricted range,
and the discontinuous localities of those of widespread geographic
range, seems to demand collecting in a much greater number of
localities than we had ever considered might be necessary.
Third, the fact that the forms to which we have given new
names are in no sense new themselves, but merely forms which
older collectors had reported under various names which are not
applicable, seems to indicate the need of a much more intensive
study before a complete unification of minds can be achieved.
Consequently we would urge those malacologists, paleontologists,
and geologists who may be interested in Quaternary or late
Tertiary faunas to turn their attention to the relict lakes in the
Great Basin.
REFERENCES
Baily, J. L., Jr. 1950. Some preliminary notes on the distribu-
tion of Mollusca in the lakes of the western states. Nautilus
63 : 73-8.
Baker, F. C. 1911. The Lymnaeidea of North and Middle
America. Spec. Fubl. Chicago Acad. Sci., p. 103, pi. 17, f. 2;
pi. 24, f. 22-6.
. 1934. New Lymnaeidae from . . . California, Oregon,
and other western states. Nautilus 48 : 17-20.
1945. The MoUuscan Family Planorbidae. University
of Illinois Press. Published posthumously.
Berry, S. S. 1947. A new Pyrgulopsis from Oregon. Nautilus
60 : 76-8, pi. 7, f . 6.
Call, R. E. 1884. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 2 : 373-9, 381, 401.
PL 6, f. 7-9.
. 1886. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. 5 : 5, pi. 1, f . 7-9.
AND Pilsbry, H. a. 1886. Pyrgulopsis, a new genus of
Rissoid mollusk, etc. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. 5 : 9-10.
Chamberlin, R. V. AND JoNEs, D. T. 1929. The Mollusca of
Utah. BuU. Univ. of Utah 19 : pp. 1-203.
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 93
Clench, W. J. 1925. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no.
161, p. 3.
Dall, Wm. H. 1870. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. for 1870, p.
334.
DuNKER, W. 1886. Syst. Conchyl. Cab. 17 : 45, pi. 9, f . 14-9.
Ferriss, Jas. H. 1920. Nautilus 34 : 2, 4, 7.
Haldeman, S. S. 1840. Monog. Limn, and other Freshwater
Univ. Sh. of N. A., Planorhis, p. 19, pi. 3, f. 7-9.
Hanna, G. D. and Smith, A. G. 1938. The Molhisks of Lake
Tahoe. Nautilus 52 : 34-6.
Henderson, Junius, 1924. The Mollusca of Colorado, Utah, etc.
Univ. of Colo. Studies 13 : 65-223.
. 1929. Non-marine Mollusca of Oregon and Washington.
Univ. of Colo. Studies 17 : 135-6.
. 1931. The problem of the Mollusca of Bear Lake and
Utah Lake. Nautilus 44: 109-13.
. 1934. Notes on Western Lymnaeidae. Nautilus 47 : 90,
122-4.
1936. The Mollusca of Colorado, Utah, etc. Suppl.
Univ. of Colo. Studies 23 : 81-145.
Meek, F. B. 1876. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 9 : 532.
Pennell, F. W. 1936. Bartonia for 1936, p. 36.
PiLSBRY, H. A. 1891. L. and F. W. Mollusks collected in
Yucatan and Mexico. Proc. A. N. S. P. for 1891, p. 234.
. 1930. Nautilus 45 : 139, pi. 11, f. 12.
. 1934. Proc. A. N. S. P. 86 : 52.
Stearns, R. E. C. 1883. Proc. A. N. S. P. 35 : 174.
Tryon, Jr., G. W. 1870. Monong. F. W. Univ. Moll. U. S., p.
199.
AN OLD PROBLEM IN NAIAD NOMENCLATURE
By HENEY van DER SCHALIE
In 1942 Hans Modell published in the Archiv filr Mollusken-
kunde a paper entitled: "Das natiirliche System der Najaden. "
That article appeared during the Second World War and it was
not till about two years ago that this work became available to
me. The quotation of his closing paragraph presents a prob-
lem worthy of special consideration. Translated it reads :
"I am aware that it is impossible in this first draft to have
arrived at the proper arrangement and I am pleased to look
forward to corrections and improvements. It is otherwise re-
garding nomenclatorial problems especially as they concern the
North American naiades where, since Simpson's subdivisions
94 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
did not suffice for these purposes, I had to go over completely
to the coherent system of Frierson in order to be able to give a
better picture. Thereby I had also to accept Frierson 's concepts
of Rafinesque's names in their entirety, although I know that
these ideas are not shared by many North American investigators
because Frierson 's views are in part in opposition to the arrange-
ments adopted by Ortmann, Pilsbry and Walker."
This statement brings to the fore an historic situation which
it seems to me never has been generally appreciated by malacolo-
gists. In any reference to mussels a system of nomenclature
must usually be adopted and the selection involves knowing
what the available schemes are and what the relative merits of
these arrangements may be.
The problem immediately arises: Why should we have the
two systems referred to above by Modell? It is this situation
which concerns us mainly and I shall do the best I can to give
an honest and a fair appraisal of the historic conditions that led
to the development of these two schools of thought.
As suggested by Modell the difficulties go back to Rafinesque.
His work has caused trying nomenclatorial problems in Botany
and Ichthyology, as well as in mollusks. Some interesting ac-
counts are available to provide information about the life and
travels of this naturalist. Perhaps the most popular memoir is
David Starr Jordan's (1911) article, "An Eccentric Natural-
ist," in his Science Sketches. T. J. Fitzpatrick (1914) pub-
lished a comprehensive account titled: "Rafinesque, A Sketch of
his Life with Bibliography." In Chronica Botanica (Vol. 8,
No. 2, 1944), the botanists made available a verbatim reprint of
Rafinesque's own account entitled, "A Life of Travels." In a
foreword to this reprint, E. D. Merrill of the Arnold Arboretum
at Harvard has supplied some very interesting information con-
cerning some of the special problems that relate to the man and
his time. An unusually comprehensive work on the subject was
printed in 1895 by a well-known conchologist, Robert Ellsworth
Call, in ' ' The Life and Writings of Rafinesque ' ' which appeared
as a Filson Club Publication and is not as readily available to
students as it deserves to be.
Without entering into detail regarding the difficulties that
existed in the early eighteen hundreds as they relate to the dis-
semination of information, much less to the special personality
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 95
traits that were characteristic of Rafinesque, there are a few
problems that relate to Rafinesque 's work which can not be ig-
nored. David Starr Jordan (1911: 167) stated: "... And
his failure seems due to two things : first, his lack of attention to
details, a defect which has vitiated all of his work ; and, second,
his versatility, which led him to attempt work in every field of
learning." Rafinesque is also said hy Jordan (1911: 156) to
have had "the ardor of the explorer without the patience of the
investigator." E. D. Merrill in his foreword to the reprint of
"Life of Travels" has summarized some of the problems which
relate to Rafinesque 's work in botany, as follows:
". . . His conclusions in various fields were not always sound,
and about every disparaging adjective in the English language
has been applied to him by this or that author. And yet, Asa
Gray, one of his severest critics, in reviewing his botanical work
in 1841, the year of Rafinesque 's death, states: 'It is indeed a
subject of regret, that the courtesy that prevails among botanists
of the present day (who are careful to adopt the names pro-
posed by those who even suggest a genus) was not more usual
with us some twenty years ago. Many of Rafinesque 's names
should have been adopted; some as a matter of courtesy, and
others in accordance with strict rules. ' ' '
The same disregard for Rafinesque 's work as just indicated in
the field of botany also existed in conchology. Rafinesque him-
self w^as bitter about this lack of regard for his work and in his
* ' Continuation of a Monograph of the Bivalve Shells of the Ohio
River" in 1831 (as reproduced by Binney and Tryon in 1864,
p. 71) he states :
"Since 1820, several American Conchologists have attempted to
notice, describe, or figure these shells ; Barnes, in 1823, Lea, Say,
and Eaton, later still. They had a fine field before them, in
elucidating them by good figures, and describing the new kinds;
but led astray, by various motives, they have neglected to verify,
or properly notice my previous labors, although they were
knoiv7i to them. Mr. Say, is, above all, inexcusable. I had
respectfully noticed, in 1820, his previous labors; but he has
never mentioned mine, and knows so little of the animals of
these shells, as to have mistaken their mouth for their tail, and
their anterior for the posterior part of the shells ! ' '
It should be understood, then, that even after the appearance
of Simpson's "Synopsis" in 1900 and his "Catalogue" in 1914,
96 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
there was still considerable uncertainty in the nomenclature of
our North American mussels. For the next few years following
the appearance of the Simpson "Catalogue" three of the most
active naiad workers felt that the time had come to straighten out
the confusion in the naiad names. Much of the early work along
this line was done by correspondence among them and the letters
of A. E. Ortmann, Bryant Walker, and L. S. Frierson on these
nomenclatorial problems are all available in our Museum of
Zoology. Their letters show that at first these men tried to
work together so as to consider all of the arguments in each case
and then to resolve their differences in an effort to come to a fair
and sound conclusion. It soon became evident that L. S.
Frierson was assuming the role of a champion and he became so
obstinate that Ortmann and Walker decided to carry on their
work without Frierson. The arrangement at that time was
that each case would be carefully reviewed by both of them and
when they had differences the several arguments pro and con
would be submitted to Pilsbry who would act as a judge to make
a decision that would be final.
In a letter to Bryant Walker from A. E. Ortmann, dated April
19, 1920, there are the following statements :
"Pilsbry has sent to me, last week, a bundle of Frierson 's Ob-
jections etc., telling me that he has sent the same to you. He
has asked me to send my comments on these to you, and that you
may add your own, and send both to him.
"I do not think it worth while to go again into detail. In
the cases of Anodonta ohiensis, V. crassidens (domheyana) , U.
cor, TJ. irroratus, Lemiox rimosus, Toxolasma lividus, and V.
giganteus, Frierson 's arguments are not new to us. Indeed, we
have considered them, and it is of no use for Frierson to repeat
his arguments again and again.
"Only in one case, that of TJ. teres, I agree with Frierson,
while you disagree. But we have concluded to leave the decision
with Pilsbry, and if I can do so, and you can do so, I do not see
why Frierson can not! Nothing could be fairer than that.
"Moreover, last Saturday I received a letter from Frierson in
which he tells me not to mind him at all. And in a previous let-
ter he hinted at the possibility, that, if we do not come around
and approve his views he will act just as he pleases. Under
these conditions, also, it is not worth while to spend any more
time on him.
"Frierson seems to be offended that we do not accept all his
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 97
dicta as gospel-truth. He entirely forgets that we have accepted
quite a few of his suggestions, published and unpublished, and
he apparently does not see that our way of treating the subject
is the only candid and scientific one. We want to be fair to all
parties concerned, not only to Rafinesque, and we have no bias
against anybody, none against Lea, and none against Frierson. "
It is clear from this letter that it became impossible to con-
tinue to work with Frierson as a party to the revision of the
Rafinesque names. But, the work among Ortmann, Walker and
Pilsbry continued. Anyone who will take the trouble to see the
voluminous correspondence, a revelation of the hours of time
and patient work expended by these men, can not help but be
impressed b}' the value of their contributions. Also, we must
stress that seldom has there been a group better able to handle
such problems. The scientific ability through patient study both
in the field and laboratorj- of A. E. Ortmann, the legal back-
ground of Bryant Walker and his preeminence in the study of
mussels, plus the unusually sound judgment of H. A. Pilsbry,
combines to bring to bear experience and knowledge which few
can question.
The considered judgments and the basic information resulting
from several jears of painstaking work were published by A. E.
Ortmann and Bryant Walker in 1922 as an Occasional Paper
(112) of the Museum of Zoology in the University of Michigan
under the title : ' ' On the Nomenclature of Certain North Ameri-
can Naiades. ' ' In the introduction these authors clearly stated
the nature of the problem and their way of resolving special
difficulties in an unbiased and legal way.
In 1927, just five years later, L. S. Frierson published his own
version of a system which to him represented the proper way to
resolve these same questions. His publication was privately
printed under the title: ''A Classified and Annotated List of
North American Naiades." This booklet carefully avoids any
mention of the work of Ortmann and Walker. I have been able
to find only one reference to their work in a statement which
fails even to cite the source of the quotation (see page 18 under
Anodonta {Laste7ia) o/iiensis Rafinesque). Another unfortunate
aspect of this work is the lack of any references.
That Frierson was biased and wished to be a champion for
Rafinesque is quite obvious from statements in the introduction
98 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
to his paper. There are several such clear indications but per-
haps one quotation will suffice to dispel any uncertainty in this
matter. After an historic review to indicate that Say, Barnes
and Lea redescribed species which should have been credited
to Rafinesque, Frierson (1927: 7) stated:
"But in quite a different spirit was Rafinesque 's work treated
by Lea. The latter published in 1836 a Synopsis of the Naiades,
which was afterwards immensely enlarged in editions of 1852
and 1870. In these works Rafiinesque was practically ignored as
an author of species. This procedure, Lea undertook to justify
on the plea that Rafinesque 's descriptions were incapable of
identification with any degree of certitude. He broadly hinted
that the names credited to Rafinesque by Conrad, Say, and others,
were arived at by 'guessing' ; and quoted sundry writers to the
effect that, in their opinion, Rafinesque 's mind was 'diseased,'
and still worse, that he was 'in the habit of describing' imaginary
objects. Lea lived for many years, was wealthy, and was en-
abled to publish sumptuously illustrated works, and accumu-
lated an immense collection, left by him to the Smithsonian In-
stitute. On the contrary, Rafinesque died in abject poverty, and
left no one to champion his cause (not, however, unchampioned
altogether), and his work has become practically unread, and
his names buried in oblivion. Notwithstanding the immense debt
owing to Dr. Lea by conchologists of all time, yet the time has
arrived when personal reasons must be abandoned, and justice
be rendered for Science's sake. ..."
From these statements it would seem very unfair and con-
temptible to ignore the other fellow's work. Yet, Mr. Frierson,
after criticising Lea and others for ignoring Rafinesque 's work,
had no hesistance in completely overlooking the careful paper
by Ortmann and Walker which deals directly with the same sub-
ject to which he subsequently directed his attention! From
Frierson 's own statements it appears quite unlikely that he
could be unbiased and render "justice" in these cases of dis-
puted names. Also, it is of interest to find a statement by S. S.
Haldeman quoted by T. J. Fitzpatrick (1911: 48) indicating
that Rafinesque was not entirely without blame for the attitude
shown toward him by his contemporaries, as follows :
"His greatest fault as a naturalist was not so much, perhaps,
the shortness and resulting obscurity of his characters, as his
passion for 'new species,' and the recklessness with which he
proposed them, without sufficiently examining the works of his
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 99
predecessors. The author who pursues such a course, treats his
fellow-laborers with disrespect, and prevents his works from
being' as much consulted as they may deserve ; for there is noth-
ing to compel other authors to wade through unsatisfactory de-
scriptions, which must, in many instances, be referred to estab-
lished species."
If, in the foregoing account, some of the facts that relate to this
problem in the solution of resolving the arguments that relate tc
disputed names of mussels have been brought to the attention
of interested students, the purpose of these remarks will have
been attained. Its seems to me we need not decide which system
to adopt on any grounds other than the relative merits of work
contained in the papers published to clarify these issues. The
adoption of the Frierson system by Modell and others would
seem much more worthwhile if those authors would produce evi-
dence to indicate in which ways we can improve the arrangement
given us by Ortmann, Walker and Pilsbrj-.
REFERENCES
BiNXEY, Wm. G., and G. W. Tryon, Jr. 1864. The Complete
Writings of Constantine Smaltz Rafinesque, on Recent and
Fossil Conchology. New York : Bailliere Bros., pp. 1-96, 3
plates.
Call, Richard Ellsworth. 1895. The Life and Writings of
Rafinesque. Filson Club Publication No. 10. Louisville, Kj'. :
John P. Morton and Co., pp. i-ix, 1-227.
FiTZPATRiCK, T. J. 1911. Rafinesque. A Sketch of His Life
with Bibliography. DesMoines : Historical Dept. of Iowa, 241
pp.
Frierson, L. S. 1927. A Classified and Annotated Check List
of the North American Naiades. Baylor University Press, pp.
1-111.
Jordan, David Starr. 1911. Science Sketches (Fourth Edi-
tion). "An Eccentric Naturalist." Chicago: A. C. McClurg
and Co., pp. 153-169.
Ortmann, A. E., and Bryant Walker. 1922. On the Nomen-
clature of Certain North American Naiades. Occ. Pap. Mus.
Zool., Univ. Mich., 112: 1-75.
Rafinesque, C. S. 1836. A Life of Travels. (A verbatim re-
print of the original and only edition.) Foreword bv E. D.
Merrill. Chronica Botanica, Vol. 8, No. 2, 1944: 292-360.
Vanatta, E. G. 1916. Rafinesque 's Types of Unio. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., Vol. 67 : 549-559.
100 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
A RICH LOCALITY IN THE NEW YORK CITY AREA
By ROGEE BRETET and EDWIN J. CARSWELL
While making a survey of the land and fresh water moUusk
fauna in a fifty mile radius around New York City last July
and August, we found an amazingly rich locality situated in
the southeastern part of Rockland County, between Piermont
and Sparkhill, New York, along highway 9W. This spot is only
some 13 miles north of the New Jersey terminus of the George
Washington Bridge and hence well within the metropolitan
region. The area is bordered by Valentine and Ferdun Ave-
nues, conspicuously marked by Upper Ferdun Pond of Spark-
hill Creek and spanned by a high steel bridge that supports the
upper roadway of 9W. We had to make our way through weeds
taller than ourselves to reach the southwest side of the pond.
There we found the following species which were crawling on
the pond 's walls, under leaves of aquatic plants and on rocks :
Stagnicola palustris elodes (Say)
Musculium secure (Prime)
Musculium transversum (Say)
Pisidium variabile Prime
Valvata tricarinata (Say)
Promenetus exacuous (Say)
Physa heterostropha Say
Helisoma anceps (Menke)
Planorbula jenksii (H. C. Carpenter)
Amnieola limosa (Say)
Sphaerium rhomboideum (Say)
Sphaerium sulcatum (Lam.)
Lyogyrus pupoidea (Gould). (Only 1)
After getting all these fresh water species we started looking
for land shells on a little wall probably built to be the foundation
of a house and parallel to the pond at a distance of about ten
feet. We did all our collecting in a seventy-five foot radius, al-
ways on the southwest side of Upper Ferdun Pond. Here the
land mollusks were found in great abundance on the cinder
covered ground, a sight most unusual in the New York area,
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 101
where the land snail fauna is quite sparse. We discovered large
colonies of :
Anguispira alternata (Say)
Succinea ovalis optima Pilsbry
Zonitoides nitidus (Miiller)
Zouitoides arboreus (Say)
Discus cronkhitei cronkhitei (Newc.)
Cionella lubrica (Miiller).
Less common were :
Oxychilus draparnaldi Beck
Vallonia pulchella (Miiller)
Gastrocopta contracta (Say)
Hawaiia minuscula (Binney)
Helicodiscus parallelus (Say)
Retinella binney ana (Morse)
Retinella indentata (Say).
Only one specimen of Carychium exiguum (Say) was found.
Under the overhead bridge, on the other side of Ferdum Ave-
nue, we collected:
Anguispira alternata (Say)
Triodopsis tridentata (Say)
Triodopsis albolabris (Say)
Stenotrema hirsutum (Say)
Mesodon thyroidus (Say).
The following species have, to our knowledge, never pre-
viously been reported from the New York City area :
Sphaerium rhomboideum
Sphaerium sulcatum
Lyogyrus pupoidea
Succinea ovalis optima Pilsbry
Musculium transversum
Valvata tricarinata.
These last two are new to the New York City area but Jacob-
son reports he has collected them near Peekskill.
102 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
Oxychilus draparnaldi is apparently a recent arrival.
Discus cronkhitei cronkhitei : the finding of this last species
indicates a definite extension of range since Dr. Pilsbry notes it
no nearer to New York City than Dutchess County. The Helix
striatella Anthony, reported by Hubbard from Staten Island
(1865), has been assigned by Dr. Pilsbry to the subspecies
catskillensis Pilsbry. The latter subspecies is abundant and
widely distributed everywhere in a 50 mile radius about New
York City, the locality in Sparkhill being the only one where we
have found typical cronkhitei.
REFERENCES
J. W. Hubbard and Sanderson Smith. 1865. Catalogue of
molluscs of Staten Island, N. Y. Annals Lye. of Nat. Hist.
of New York, VIII, no. 4 and 5, pp. 151-154.
Sanderson Smith and Temple Prime. 1870. Report on the
molluscs of Long Island, N. Y. Annals Lye. of Nat. Hist, of
New York, IX, pp. 377-407.
Henry Prime. 1894. Catalogue of land shells of Long Island,
N. Y. Nautilus, VIII, p. 6.
Brooklyn Conchological Society. 1907. Bulletin, Vol. I.
no. 1.
Henry A. Pilsbry. 1939-48. Land moUusca of North America,
Acad, of Nat. Sci. of Phil. Monograph 3.
A SOUTH AFRICAN SPECIES OF FAUXULUS
By H. a. pilsbry
111 looking over some recent accessions from South Africa in
the collection of Mrs. H. B. Baker my attention was called to a
white snail, at first glance like the Grecian clausiliid Alhinaria
in size and color. It turned out to be a species of Fauxulus
(Pupillidae). It will be figured in the April Nautilus.
Fauxulus agulhasensis, new species.
The sinistral shell is nearly cylindric, the upper third taper-
ing to the rather obtuse apex; imperforate, but with an oblique
umbilical crevice. It is opaque white, uniform or with a few
small gray dots and stains. The surface is glossy, the first two
whorls smooth, the rest showing under the lens weak, irregular
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 103
obliquely axial striation. The whorls are moderately convex.
The somewhat squarish aperture is about one-fourth the length
of the shell, amber brown within, the peristome white, moder-
ately expanded, with 5 or 6 lamellae and folds. The angular
lamella is high and thin. Parietal lamella is more deeply placed
and smaller, entering farther. Columellar lamella is quite small
and deeply placed. The two palatal folds are about equal in
size. There is also a very low basal fold in the type and an-
other specimen (wanting in a third specimen).
Length 20.8 mm., diameter above aperture 6 mm. ; 12 whorls.
Length 21.5 mm., diameter above aperture 5.7 mm. ; 12^/2
whorls.
Cape Province: Cape L'Agulhas, collected by Mr. D. W. J.
Ackermann of the Strand, South Africa.
Type 188332 ANSP. ; paratypes in the collections of Bernadine
B. Baker and of Mr. Ackermann.
This species is from about double to triple the size of F.
capensis (Kiister) ; 9.8 mm. long, 4 mm. wide being the largest
measurement given for capensis by Connolly in his Monographic
Survey of South African Non-Marine Mollusca, pp. 377-379.
Most specimens of capensis are smaller, 6 to 8 mm. long. The
length of F. agulhasensis is more than three times the width
above aperture, but in F. cape7isis it is little more than twice
the width.
The surface of F. agulhasensis is more coarsely striate than
in F. capensis, the peristome is more expanded, and the columel-
lar lamella is smaller, more immersed. However, the new form
is so similar to F. capensis in color and apertural structure that
if it were not for the conspicuous difference in size and relative
width, it would hardly be considered specifically distinct. Quite
normal F. capensis also was taken at Cape L'Agulhas,
THE MOLLUSKS OF BERKS COUNTY,
PENNSYLVANIA
By EOBEET a. HEILMAN
Berks County, one of the larger counties of Pennsylvania, is
situated in the southeastern section of the state and covers an
area of 865 square miles. The northern section of the county
104
THE NAUTILUS
[Vol. 65 (3)
lies within the Appalachian Mountains, the southern lies within
the Piedmont Lowlands, and the Great Valley passes through its
center. Limestones, sandstones and shales of Paleozoic age
form the soil of the county. The Schuylkill River provides the
principal means of drainage.
Here in Berks County, the eastern most part of the Lebanon
Valley, we find a total of 52 different forms of moUusks repre-
senting 34 genera and 18 families. Virtually all the aquatic
species listed were collected by myself and are now deposited in
the Carnegie Museum. The records of the terrestrial species are
based mostly on the reports of Dr. H. A. Pilsbry (1899) and
Mr. C. B. Wurtz (1940). The list of species follows:
Triodopsis tridentata (Say)
T. tridentata juxtidens (Pilsbry)
T. fallax (Say)
T. albolabris (Say)
Mesodon thyroidus (Say)
M. zaleta (Binney)
Stenotrema hirsutum (Say)
Ventridens ligera (Say)
V. suppressus (Say)
Retinella electrina (Gould)
K. rhoadsi (Pilsbry)
R. indentata (Say)
Hawaiia minuscula (Binney)
Zonitoides arboreus (Say)
Anguispira alternata (Say)
Discus eronkhitei catskillensis
(Pils.)
Helieodiscus parallelus (Say)
Punctum minutissimum (Lea)
Pupoides marginatus (Say)
Gastrocopta armifera (Say)
G. contracta (Say)
G. pentodon (Say)
Strobilops labyrinthica (Say)
S. aenea Pilsbry
Vallonia pulehella (Miiller)
V. exeentrica Sterki
Deroceras laeve (Miiller)
Pseudosuccinea columella (Say)
Stagnicola emarginata (Say)
Fossaria exigua (Lea)
F. obrussa obrussa (Say)
F. obrussa peninsulae (Walker)
F. modicella rustica (Lea)
Helisoma anceps (Menke)
H. trivolvis (Say)
H. campanulatum (Say)
Gyraulus parvus (Say)
Ferrissia rivularis (Say)
Campeloma decisum (Say)
Valvata tricarinata (Say)
Amnicola limosa (Say)
Elliptio complanatus (Dillwyn)
Goniobasis virginica (Gmelin)
Lasmigona subviridis (Conrad)
Strophitus edentulus (Say)
Alasmidonta undulata (Say)
A. marginata susquehannae Ortm.
Sphaerium sulcatum (Lamarck)
S. striatinum (Lamarck)
Pisidium eompressum Prime
P. easertanum (Poll)
All identifications have been based on the shell rather than on
body anatomy. Mr. Gordon K. MacMillan and Rev. H. B.
Herrington assisted in the identification of species, and I express
my gratitude to each.
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 105
NOTES AND NEWS
Another Colony of Discus rotundatus (Miill.) in the
New York City Area. — Mr. Eddie Slater, a new member of the
New York Shell Club, brought a lot of shells to the last meeting
of the Club which turned out to be representatives of another
colony of the European snail Discus rotundatus (Miiller), the
second found in recent months in the environs of New York City.
Mr. Slater collected the shells on the premises of the old Grace
Estate in Great Neck, Long Island. The specimens in every way
resemble those found in Fort Tryon Park on Manhattan Island
by Mr. Bretet (Naut. 65: 34). However, it is unlikely that the
two colonies are in any way related, since there is a distance of
some 18 airline miles between the two localities, in addition to a
highly urbanized land area and the salt waters of the East River
and part of Long Island Sound separating them. The clue to
the origin of the Great Neck colony might lie in the landscaping
activities of the gardeners of the Grace Estate. It is well within
the realm of possibility that plants were imported from Europe
and with them the j'oung or eggs of rotundatus. Mr. Slater is
trying to get in touch with the present owners of the estate, who
live in South America, to check these speculations. At any rate,
both of the present colonies (there may be others) must be of
relatively recent origin, since no such species is mentioned in any
of the early faunal lists of Long Island, the last as late as 1907
(list of Brooklyn Conchological Club, Vol. I, no. 1 of the Bulletin
of the Brooklyn Conchological Club). — Morris K. Jacobson.
Correction of the Type Locality of Pomacea Cumingii
(King) 1834. — The Type locality given by King in the original
description in the Zoological Journal, Volume 5, page 344 is
the Island of Sahoga, in the Gulf of Panama.
Specimens received by Isaac Lea from Cuming are labelled
simply Panama (USNM No. 106162). One of these is of the
size of the original dimensions given by King. Two others of
this lot are of the size of the small race knoA\ai from Pacheca
Island, only about one inch in height.
Reeve, in the Conch. Iconica, Vol. 10, Ampullaria No. 81, pi.
17, fig. 81., incorrectly gives "Taboga" Island as the type lo-
cality, but figures the species correctly. Likewise, the specimen
106 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
received from Sternberg, and catalogued in (1859 1) (USNM
No. 4673) is labelled ''Taboga." In 1946, I also followed
Reeve, and gave the type locality as the "Island of Taboga."
(Smith. Misc. Coll., Vol. 106, No. 6, p. 6.)
A specimen recently received from T. Pain, from the G. B.
Sowerby III Collection, labelled as from Taboga Island, proves
interesting. It is not the species cumingii from the Archi-
pielago de las Perlas, but is zeteki, otherwise known from the
Isthmus of Panama. (Smith. Misc. Coll., Vol. 106, No. 6, p. 8,
1946.)
From all the evidence at hand in the literature and in speci-
mens, the type locality is correct as originally given by King,
namely: Sahoga Island, Archipielago de las Perlas Panama.
The confusion has been caused by the similarity of names of the
two geographically separate Panamanian islands. It hardly
seems logical to expect cumingii to be living on both Saboga and
Taboga. — J. P. E. Morrison.
The Genotype of Microceramus. — In the course of prepara-
tion of radular slides for the forthcoming Monograph of Cuban
Urocoptidae by Torre and Bartseh, the genotype species of
Microceramus was critically reexamined, both in the literature
and in specimens contained in the United States National Mu-
seum collections. A correction of the currently cited genotype
was found necessary.
Pilsbry and Vanatta published Microceramus in Januar}^ 1898
(Nautilus, 11: 107) including the species:
Macroceramus pontificus (Gld.) [1848.]
Macroceramus floridanus Pilsbry [nude.]
Macroceramus texanus Pilsbry [nude.]
Five months later Pilsbry declared the two latter were un-
described (Nautilus, 12: 22, June 1898) and proceeded to de-
scribe them on page 23. The name Microceramus is therefore
based solely on the species pontificus Gould, in its earliest pub-
lication. The genotype was thus fixed by monotypy in January
1898, so that Pilsbry 's subsequent declaration of M. floridanus
as genotype (Proc. A.N.S.P., p. 281; July 12, 1898; Man.
Conch., Vol. 16, p. 151, 1904 ; and Land Moll. N. America, Vol.
2, pt. 1, p. 108, 1946) are completelj^ inoperative. M. pontificus
Jan., 1952] the nautilus 107
(Gould) is the genotype. This correction will result in no
change whatsoever in the concept of the genus. — J. P. E. Mor-
rison.
The Genotype of Microceramus. — In the preceding note Dr.
Morrison stated that Macroceramus floridanus was a nude name
is published in Nautilus, 11, 107. However, the name was fol-
lowed there by the note : ' ' Sarasota Bay and Goodland Point,
Florida ( = M. gossei of authors, part, not of Pfeiffer)." The
authors who identified M. gossei from those places could only
be W. G. Binney and others following him. Binney, under his
description of M. gossei (Man. Amer. L. Sh., p. 416), gave the
locality "Little Sarasota Bay near Charlotte Harbor, Florida."
Hemphill collected it at Goodland Point. No other Micro-
ceramus is known from that far up the coast.
There could be no reasonable doubt as to the species intended
by M. floridanus if nothing more had been published. A good
many accepted names, including some published by as high an
authority as W. H. Dall, have no better basis. While the sug-
gested change of the type species of Microceramus seems need-
less, there is no great objection to it, since, as Dr. Morrison noted,
it would make no change in the limits or characters of the genus.
— H. A. P.
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
The Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences has
published a number of articles on recent mollusks in the last
year in Vol. 41 (1951) :
No. 1. Jan., pp. 14-16. K. T. Abbott, New stenothyrid gastro-
pods from the Philippines (Rissoidae). {S. austini n. sp. and
S. austini clarki n. subsp.)
No. 1. Jan., pp. 17-20. J. P. E. Morrison, Two new Western
Atlantic species of pulmonate mollusks of the genus Detracia and
two old ones. (Detracia clarki and parana n. spp.)
No. 1. Jan., pp. 20-21. D. Nicol, A new species of gly-
cymerid from the Philippines. (Axinactis (Melaxinaea) clarki
n. sp.)
108 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (3)
No. 1. Jan., pp. 22-24. H. A. Rehder and R. T. Abbott,
Two new recent cone shells from the Western Atlantic (Conidae).
(Conus clarki and austini n. spp.)
No. 1. Jan., pp. 24-26. W. K. Emerson, A new scaphopod
mollusk, Cadulus austinclarki, from the Gulf of California.
No. 3. Mar., pp. 102-106. D. Nicol. Recent species of the
veneroid pelecypod Arctica.
No. 4. April, pp. 142-146. D. Nicol. Recent species of the
cyrenoid pelecypod Glossus.
No. 4. April, pp. 146-147. P. Bartsch. More new urocoptid
mollusks from Mexico. (Coelostemma anconai and Holospira
wilmoti n. spp.)
No. 10. Oct., pp. 335-338. R. T. Abbott and H. S. Ladd; A
new brackish-water gastropod from Texas (Amnicolidae : Lit-
toridina). {Texadina, new subg. and L. sphinctostoma, n. sp.)
— R. T. A.
SUCCINEA VAGINACONTORTA (SECTION CaLCISUCCINEA) , A NeW
Amber Snail from Kansas. By C. Bruce Lee. Occas. Papers
Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, No. 533. A species apparently re-
lated to S. campestris Say and 8. luteola Gld., living in small
spots of mosses, lichens and liverworts in thick stands of gramma
grass, in a sagebrush flat in Meade Co., Kansas. Its special
feature is a swollen twist at the base of the vagina. — H. A. P.
Les types de la collection Lamarck au Museum de Geneve.
Mollusques vivants. II. By G. Mermod. Revue Suisse de
Zoologie 58 (40) : 693-753, figs. 51-93b.— Examples from La-
marck's collection, including several American species, are de-
scribed and figured carefully. Species named in Helix, Carocolla,
Anostoma, Helicina, Pupa, Clausilia, Bulimus and Achatina are
included. Helix planorhida remains a synonym of Polygyra
septenivolva. Helix scahra seems more heavily costulate than
typical Anguispira alternata. — H. B. B.
Directory of conchologists. 1952. John Q. Burch, 1584 W.
Vernon Ave., Los Angeles 62, Calif. 32 pp. $1.50.— This adds
another very useful and up-to-date compendium of addresses
and interests. But, arrangement by states and countries, al-
thougrh with some advantages, often makes the search for a name
more difficult; for example, one finds Dr. Ramsden in the West
Indies (p. 32) but not in Cuba (p. 17)— H. B. B.
The Nautilus
VoL 65 APRIL, 1952 No. 4
SOME INTERESTING LOCALITIES ON A
COLLECTING TRIP TO MEXICO
By morris K. JACOBSON
The combination of efficient automobiles and excellent roads
has made trips to Mexico easy and common. Hence it might
prove of some value to other collectors, who might like to under-
take such a trip, to discuss a few localities a party of us visited
in July, 1950. We are indebted to Dr. Pilsbry, for without
the aid of his published papers on Mexican non-marine mollusks
and his kindness in reviewing our finds, most of our species
would probably not have been so well determined.
Our route from New York City took us through the Great
Smoky Mountains, then via Tennessee and Arkansas to Wood-
ward, Oklahoma; finally through eastern Texas down Mexican
Highway 1 to Mexico City.
The stay in the Great Smokies was short. The July 4th holi-
day brought out hosts of picknickers and visitors, accommoda-
tions were difficult to get and the isolation necessary to throw
one's heart into the task of searching for land snails completely
absent. Even so a few specimens of the "Queen of the Meso-
dons, " M. chilhoweensis (Lewis), which had sought refuge
under an overhanging ledge near the Tuckaleeehee entrance to
the Park, went to enrich our meager haul.
About one-tenth of a mile east of the crossing of Swam Pond
Road and U. S. Highway 70 near Kingston, Roane County,
Tennessee, on a stony and sandy slope on the south side of the
road, we found a particularly rich locality. We were surprised
to find large numbers of Pomatiopsis lapidarm (Say) far above
any obvious body of fresh water. Later we found considerable
amusement in reading the thumping debate that Dr. Frank C.
Baker conducted with Professor B. Shimek {Nautilus 44) as
to the aquatic or terrestrial nature of this snail. Here we found
109
110 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
14 species of interesting land snails, most of them in satisfactory-
numbers. These included: Polygyra plicata Say, Mesodon
zaletus (Binney), M. thyroides (Say), M. rugeli (Shuttle-
worth), Stenotrema stenotrema (Pfeiffer), 8. spinosum (Lea),
Ventridens gularis theloides (Walker & Pilsbry), V. colisella
(Pilsbry), Mesomphix suhplanus (Binney), M. cupreus (Rafin-
esque). Discus patulus (Deshayes) (very common), Punctum
hlandianum Pilsbry and one specimen of an vindetermined
Retinella. We also discovered that the numerous and large
sized ticks can make collecting in the forests annoying ; fortu-
nately most of our specimens were found under stones in the
open.
Quick stops involving that necessary but unsatisfactory mode
of collecting usually referred to as ''grab and run" in several
localities in Arkansas and Oklahoma added small numbers of
such interesting forms as Mesodon inflectus (Say) (near Con-
way, Faulkner County, Arkansas), Polygyra dorfeuilliana per-
striata Pilsbry and Ferriss (in Pope County) and P. dorfeuil-
liana sampsoni Wetherby (six miles east of Mulberry on U. S.
Highway 64, Crawford County, Arkansas). The last locality
also yielded one live, mature specimen of Stenotrema edgarianum
(Lea), several hundred miles west of its reported range in
Bledsoe and Scott Counties, Tennessee (Pilsbry, Land Moll, of
N. A., 1: 645).
The Panhandle of Oklahoma did not look like a very promis-
ing place for mollusks, but collecting proved satisfactory near
the Fort Supply Dam and at the artificial lake of the Southern
Great Plains Field Station near Woodward, Oklahoma. Here
we found Succinea concordialis (Gould?), and representatives
of the genera Helisoma, Physa, Fossaria, Gastrocopta armifera
(Say), Gyraulus, Ferrissia and several pupillids, zonitids and a
Mesomphix. The largest land mollusks of this area proved
to be Stenotrema monodon aliciae (Pilsbry) which found in
Boiling Spring State Park, where some of the forms already
mentioned also turned up.
The trip through Texas was fortunately made on days that
were intermittently rainy, so that incredible numbers of Buli-
mulus dealhatus mooreanus (Pfeiffer) (near Abbott, Hill
County) were seen and large lots collected. Here we also found
April, 1952] the nautilus 111
Polygyra texasJana (Morieand) and Mesodon roemeri (Pfeiffer).
We saw BulimuUis everywhere and near Waco we began to find
large associations of Praticolella herlandieriana (Morieand) and
Bumina decollata (Linne). A short rain near Troy, Bell
County, brought out Helicina orhiculata tropica Pfeiffer as
numerous as berries on the low bushes and shrubs. On the
banks of a stream about 2 miles northeast of New Braunfels,
Comal County, we found, in addition to the usual species, the
following: Tropicorhis gracilentus (Gould), T. ohstructus (More-
let), Sphaerium suhtransversum Prime and a small Polygyra
which in Dr. Pilsbry's opinion might prove to be a new variety
or subspecies of P. iexasiana. It is to be hoped that other col-
lectors will send sufficient specimens of this snail to Dr. Pilsbry
to permit a satisfactory conclusion. The locality is at the bridge
on the main highway to San Antonio.
In Mexico our first important stop was made in Monterrey to
visit the Topo Chico, a locality which was one of our main goals.
This turned out to be a low elevation right outside of town,
covered with small boulders and with very little vegetation.
Here we found most of the species we had expected (ef. Pilsbry,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1903, pp. 761-789), but most, as the result
of a long drought, quite dead. The commonest shell was Poly-
gyra rhoadsi Pilsbry of which we found 180 specimens, includ-
ing a half dozen live ones. We found also the usual Bulimulus
alternatus mariae (Albers), Helicina orhiculata tropica Pfeif-
fer, Praticolella herlandieriana (Morieand), Thysanophora horni
(Gabb), Euglandina texasiana (Pfeiffer) and an undetermined
Succinea. This Succinea was also found clinging to the outer
walls of our motel, the California Courts, where, as a consequence
of the long drought, the animal had undergone complete desic-
cation. The best find on the Topo Chico was Holospira topo-
chicoensis Bartsch, of which, however, we found only five dead
specimens and several fragments.
Our next goal was the famous canyon 4 miles west of Ciudad
Victoria in Tamaulipas State (Pilsbry, op. cit.). Upon inquiry
we found that this canyon was known as the Cailon del Novillo
and that Seiior Arce of the neighborhood would be happy to take
us there in an old Model A Ford. This car did indeed prove
to be old, literally and actually held together with wire and
112 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
twine. The water was added at the last minute to make sure
that enough would remain, despite the leaks, to bring us to our
destination. We were fortunate too that Seiior Aree decided
to bring along an extra choke in the form of a companion, for
when the car did indeed conk out on our way home in the dark,
the latter seated himself on the fender near the motor and on
the chauffeur 's order, * ' Ahogalo ! ' ' placed his hand over the
choke tube till the car started. On "Bastante!" he removed
his hand. What more reliable than a living choke? When
after a while this human auto part resumed his seat in the car,
Arce explained that maybe, "The car she feex herself." The
famous canyon proved to be a shallow, winding rocky dale,
partially traversed by a small stream, overrun with grazing
cows and goats and dry and dusty from the long drought.
Shells were scarce and practically all dead except for Mesom-
phix montereyensis victoriana (Pilsbry) of which we collected
60 specimens. In rubbish which we took home to examine, we
found a few specimens each of the following: Thysanophora
fischeri Pilsbry (= fuscula C, B. Adams), Discus victorianus
(Pilsbry), Euglandina texasiana (Pfeiffer), Oleacina ohlonga
tamauUpensis {Filsbry) , Drymaens discrepans (Sowerhj) , Micro-
ceramus mexicanus (Martens), Praticolella griseola (Pfeiffer),
Lamellaxis tamauUpensis (Pilsbry) (somewhat larger than the
dimensions given by Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 776 : 8.5 X 4 mm. as
against 6.8 X 3.7). We were disappointed in not finding Scha-
sicheila hidalgoana Dall, which Pilsbry (op. cit., p. 783) re-
ported from the canyon.
We did however find this species and 13 others in the next
locality, one of the richest we came across. This station is lo-
cated between kilometers 636 and 637 (the Mexican system of
marking every kilometer on their highways with noticeable
stone markers makes the task of the collector much easier) near
the hacienda *'San Lorenzo," between the towns of Santa Inez
and Llera in Tamaulipas. It is a boulder strewn hillside on
the side of the road, well shaded with bushes, shrubs and trees.
The same drought we had found everywhere followed us here
too and hence our rich collection was even more surprising.
We recommend this place strongly to collectors who might
be able to visit it after a rain. Our best find here was a new
April, 1952] the nautilus 113
Streptostyla which Pilsbry subsequently described as S. jacoh-
soni in Nautilus, 64: 120. Another important discovery was
Polygyra aulacomphala Pilsbry and Hinkley, which had been
described from river drift near Tampico. Hence the find here
serves to particularize the habitat of this species. The other
species from this fine locality follow: Drymaeus discrepans
(Sowerby), Helicina zephyrina turhinata Pfeiffer, H. flavida
Menke, Mesomphix montereyensis victoriana (Pilsbry), Micro-
ceramus mexicanus (Martens), Leptinaria tamaulipensis Pils-
bry, Streptostyla gracilis Pilsbry, Euglandina corneola (W. G.
Binney), E. texasiana (Pfeiffer) and Praticolella griseola
(Pfeiffer).
For the rest of the trip bad luck dogged us, or rather me as
chief collector. The fascinating jungles near Tamazunchale
had to go unexplored and the uplands of the plateau did not
yield much to our hurried stops. The rivers were full — some-
where then there was rain in plenty — so that all the fine Pachy-
chilus and naiads remained uncollected. At Xochimilco we
found small numbers of all the species reported from there :
Lymnaea attenuata Say, Helisoma tenuis (Philippi), Physa
osculans Haldeman, Succinea tlalpamensis Pilsbry ( ? ) , Ano-
donta impura Say and Sphaerium suhtransversum Prime. In
the company of Miss Bourgeois of Mixcoac we visited the Desi-
erto de los Leones to collect Drymaeus sulcosus (Pfeiffer), a
beautiful corrugated shell with a vivid bluish pink or light
brown aperture. However we did not find the Humholdtiana
and Bunny a hernardinae H. B. Baker that are said to live on
the old convent walls. In the Park of Chapultepec, where at
one time the noble ahuahuete trees supported large populations
of a unique Drymaeus, we found only the omnipresent Helix
a^persa INIuller. The volcanic country about the famous pyra-
mids of Teotihuacan is relativelj' barren of shells, as are also
the hills that lie between Mexico and Cuernavaca. All we got
were some Helix aspersa when we asked some youngsters to
bring us caracolitos.
Our road back home led us via Matamoros to Brownsville,
Texas. Near the town of Jimenez on the Victoria-Matamoros
road, our best find consisted of numerous Polygyra ariadne
(Pfeiffer), dead specimens all in the very desert itself. The
114 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
completely closed umbilicus is very distinctive. The bushes
near Matamoros were covered with hosts of aestivating buli-
muli, but we were sated and collected only a small box full.
Here we also found a few Praticolella herlanderiana taeniata
Pilsbry. As should be added, there wasn't a single locality
in the entire route through the deserts of Tamaulipas or south-
ern Texas where we did not see Bidimulus, Practicolella and
even Succinea.
"We returned quite contented. Our trip had been done in
complete comfort (except for Tennessee ticks) and we had found
new and interesting shells. But it would be futile to deny that,
as in all trips, we regretted missed opportunities. One of the
most outstanding of these was a lush locality between kilometers
550 and 551 near Mante. We did not stop, but from the corner
of our eye it looked so much like the snail rich mogotes of western
Cuba that I am sure even a short visit will well repay the col-
lector. I offer it free of charge.
SHELLS COLLECTED BY THE PEABODY MUSEUM
EXPEDITION TO THE NEAR EAST, 1950.
I. MOLLUSKS FROM THE
PERSIAN GULF
By F. HAAS
The material to be named in this faunistic list was collected
during the 1950 Peabody Museum Harvard Expedition to the
Near East, by its leader. Dr. Henry Field. It was deposited
with the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, Cam-
bridge, Mass.; duplicates, where available, are now in the Chi-
cago Natural History Museum. This material was entrusted
to me for identification and I am by no means sure that I suc-
ceeded in doing so correctly in all cases, mainly for the reason
that I lacked material for comparison ; in some cases I even had
to restrict myself to a generic classification, leaving the specific
name open to further research.
Comparatively little is known on the marine mollusks of the
Persian Gulf and thus even this short list will contribute
toward a better understanding of this interesting area.
April, 1952] the nautilus 115
The individual localities, from which the species to be listed
came, are recorded in the following numerated list which will
make it unnecessary to repeat them in each ease in the faunistic
list.
List of Dr. Field's Localities
1. 5 miles south of Dubai, Trucial Oman Coast, Arabia; June
2, 1950.
2. Sharjah, Trucial Oman Coast, Arabia; June 3-5, 1950.
3. On loAv mound, 2 miles south of Sharjah, Trucial Oman
Coast; June 3, 1950.
4. 15 miles south of Dubai, Trucial Oman Coast ; June 2, 1950.
5. Abu ]\Iusa Island, 40 miles northwest of Sharjah, Trucial
Oman coast.
6. Dukhan, Qatar Peninsula, Arabia.
7. Bahrain Island; May 25, 1950.
8. Ras-as-Zallak, west coast of Bahrain Island.
9. Badiya, northwest of Bahrain Island.
10. Ain-as-Saih, near Al Khobar, Hasa Province, Saudi Arabia ;
June 10, 1950. From kitchenmidden.
11. Kuwait.
Diodora funiculata (Reeve). Loc. 11.
Diodora excelsa (Reeve). Loc. 6.
Diodora Candida (Reeve). Loc. 6.
Gibhula kotschyi (Philippi). Loc. 2, 6, 8, 9, 11.
Clanculus satrapius (Martens). Loc. 6, 11.
Vmhonium (Umhonium) vestiarinm (Linne). Loc. 2.
Isanda (Minolia) tapparonei (Caramagna). Loc. 6.
Phasianella (Orthomesus) flaynmulaia Philippi. Loc. 6.
Turbo (Lunella) coronatus Gmelin. Loc. 2.
Turritella {Haiistrum) niaculata Reeve. Loc. 5.
Architcctonium (Architectonium) dunkeri (Hanley). Loc. 5.
Bittiuni {Bittiiim) tricarinatum (Pease). Loc. 2.
Thericinm ruhens (Martyn). Loc. 6, 9, 10.
Clypeomorus clypeomorus Jousseaume. Loc. 2, 6, 8, 9.
Cerithiuni echinatum (Lamarck). Loc. 5.
Cerithidea (Cerithideopsilla) fluviatilis (Potiez & Michaud).
Tiirbonilla (Tropaeas) riippelli Jiekeli. Loc. 2.
Canarium (Canarium) floridum (Lamarck). Loc. 2.
Polinices (Neverita) ampla (Gmelin). Loc. 2, 5.
Erosaria (Erosaria) turdus (Linne). Loc. 10.
Erronea {Melicerona) felina (Gmelin), Loc. 5.
Ranularia (Gutturtiiiim) lotorium (Linne). Loc. 5.
116 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
Thais (Cymia) carinifera (Lamarck). Loc. 2.
Hexaplex (Hexaplex) turhinatus (Lamarck). Loc. 2.
Drupa (Morula) concatenata (Lamarck). Loc. 2.
Drupa (Morula) siderea (Reeve). Loc. 5.
Mitrella (Mitrella) hlanda (Sowerby). Loc. 2, 6.
Fusus (Fusus) colus colus (Linne). Loc. 2.
Nassa (Nassa) pulla (Linne). Loc. 2.
Nassa (Nassa) persica Martens. Loc. 2, 10.
Niotha albescens splendidula (Dunker). Loc. 2.
Niotha clathratula (A. Adams). Loc. 2.
Bullia (Bullia) mauritiana (Gray). Loc. 5.
Oliva (Oliva) elegans elegans Lamarck. Loc. 2, 5.
Oliva (Oliva) ispidula (Linne). Loc. 1.
Ancilla (Ancilla) acuminata (Sowerby). Loc. 6.
Ancilla (Ancilla) cinamomea (Lamarck). Loc. 8.
Gihherula (Oibherula) granum (Philippi). Loc. 6.
Bulla (Bulla) ampulla Linne. Loc. 2.
Haminoea (Haminoea) rugosa E. A. Smith. Loc. 6.
Area (Barhatia) fusca Bruguiere. Loc. 1.
Area (Area) uropygmelana Bory. Loc. 1.
Area (Acar) plicata Chemnitz. Loc. 6.
Glyeymeris sp. Loc. 1.
Brachidontes (Hormomya) variabilis (Krauss). Loc. 6.
Pteria (Pinetada') inflata (Schumacher). Loc. 1, 6.
Peeten (Chlamys) senatorius Gmelin. Loc. 1, 2, 5, 10.
Spondylus foliaceus Chemnitz. Loc. 4, 5.
Cardita (Cardita) hicolor Lamarck. Loc. 1, 2, 5.
Phacoides sp. Loc. 6.
Codakia (Jagonia) fibula (Reeve). Loc. 6.
Laevicardium (T r achy car dium) flavum (Linne). Loc. 1, 2, 11.
Laevicardium (Tr achy ear dium) unieolor (Sowerby). Loc. 5, 6,
Papyridea (Fulvia) tenuieostata (Lamarck). Loc. 6.
Maeroeallista (Paradione) nivea (Hanley). Loc. 6, 10, 11.
Macroeallista (Paradione) erycina (Linne). Loc. 2.
Chione trigona (Reeve). Loc. 1, 2, 6, 8, 11.
Lioconeha lentiginosa (Chemnitz). Loc. 11.
Venus (Antigona) lamellaris Schumacher. Loc. 6.
Circe (Circe) scripta (Linne). Loc. 7,
Tivela ponderosa Koch. Loc. 1.
Dosinia (Dosinidia) contracta Philippi. Loc. 8.
Dosinia (Dosinidia) laminata (Reeve). Loc. 1.
Macoma sp. Loc. 6.
Tellidora sp. Loc. 6.
Angulus (Peronaea) erythraeus (Roemer). Loc. 8.
Angulus (Peronaea) micans (Hanley). Loc. 6.
April, 1952] the nautilus 117
II. Land and Freshwater Shells
The following list has been prepared by another, and a quite
competent, specialist; thus no credit should be given to me for
its publication.
Lebanon
From outside Mare Antonius rockshelter at Enfe on the right
of the main road from Beirut (Beyrouth) to Tripoli the follow-
ing were collected :
Helix pachya Bourg. Monacha olivieri Fer.
Levantina caesareana Mouss. Pomatias olivieri Sow.
Syria
Helicella seetzeni Koch. Mile 74.4 from Damascus to Pal-
mjTa and 7.6 miles before reaching Qariateine. Wadi Swaab
between Iraq Petroleum Company Station T-3 and Abu Kemal.
Wadi Serda, five miles south of Deir-ez-Zor on track to Iraq
Petroleum Company Station T-2. Twenty miles due north of
T-2 on track to Deir-ez-Zor.
Helicella vestalis joppensis Roth. On eastern slope of Jebel
Abd al-Aziz, eight miles west of Hassetche (Hassecke) on the
Khabur River.
SpJmicterocJiila candidissima tholiformis Poll. Mile 74.4 from
Damascus to Palmyra and 7.6 miles before reaching Qariateine.
Buliminus alepensis Pfr. Jebel Abd al-Aziz, eight miles west
of Hassetche on the Khabur River.
Iraq
Helix salmonica Naeg. Sharranish near Zakho. Zakho. Jebel
Baradost, Rowandiz Gorge. Twenty-one miles east of Kirkuk.
Barrajo near Sulaimaniya. Four miles east of Erbil. Nine
miles east of Shakhara. Abu Ghraib, fifteen miles west of
Baghdad.
Levantina guttata Oliv. Jebel Baradost, Rowandiz Gorge.
Hawiga near Kirkuk.
Levantina mardinensis Kobelt. Ishkafta Khurwatan, Kurdi-
stan. Qaara Depression, north of Rutba Wells.
118 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
Sphincterochila candidissima thoUformis Poll. Three miles
down wadi from Tell el-Afaif in Qaara Depression toward An
Nasir and Rutba Wells.
Monacha schotti L.Pfr. Near Baghdad.
Bulimimis alepensis urmianus Boettg. Sharranish near Zakho.
Hawiga near Kirkuk.
Orcula orientalis moussoni Reinh. Hawiga near Kirkuk.
Helicella seetzeni Koch. Barrajo near Sulaimaniya. Three
miles down wadi from Tell el-Afaif in Qaara Depression toward
An Nasir and Rutba "Wells. Qaara Depression, north of Rutba
Wells.
Helicella langloisiana Bourg. Three miles down wadi from
Tell el-Afaif in Qaara Depression toward An Nasir and Rutba
Wells.
Helicella vestalis joppensis Roth. Zakho. Hawiga near
Kirkuk. Tell Hatab east of Kish (Tell el-Uhaimir), Hilla Liwa.
Freshwater Shells
Melanoides tuberculata Miill. Lake Habbaniya. Abu Ghraib,
fifteen miles west of Baghdad on Ramadi road. Hawiga near
Kirkuk.
Viviparus hengalensis Lam. Hawiga near Kirkuk.
Melanopsis nodosa Fer. Abu Ghraib, fifteen miles west of
Baghdad on Ramadi road. Tell Hatab east of Kish, Hilla Liwa.
Melanopsis costata Oliv. Hawiga near Kirkuk.
CorMcula consohrina Caill. Abu Ghraib, fifteen miles west
of Baghdad. Tell Hatab east of Kish, Hilla Liwa.
Melanopsis huccinoidea suhtinguitana Annand. Baghdad area,
area.
Corhicula fluminalis Miill. Lake Habbaniya. Abu Ghraib,
fifteen miles west of Baghdad. Tell Hatab east of Kish, Hilla
Liwa.
JJnio iigridis Bourg. Lake Habbaniya. Abu Ghraib, fif-
teen miles west of Baghdad. Tell Hatab east of Kish, Hilla Liwa.
Tell el-Izba east of Kish, Hilla Liwa.
Unio elongatus eucirrus Bourg. Abu Ghraib, fifteen miles
west of Baghdad. Nineveh near Mosul.
Pseudodontopis euphraticus Bourg. Abu Ghraib, fifteen miles
west of Baghdad.
April, 1952] the nautilus 119
Anodonta taurica Bourg. Abu Ghraib, fifteen miles west of
Baghdad.
Anodonta vescoiana Bourg. Lake Habbaniya.
Persia (Iran)
Helicella langloisiana Bourg. Fifteen miles south of Shal-
gahi on Dizful-Shustar road, Khuzistan. Outside Konji rock-
shelter, five miles south of Khurrumabad, Luristan. This rock-
shelter, which stands 700 ft. above valley floor, was inhabited
by prehistoric man.
Helicella vestalis joppensis Roth. Persepolis (Takht-i-Jam-
shid). Dorud (formerly Bahrain) on Trans-Iranian Railway,
Luristan. Shalgahi, ten miles southwest of Dizful, Khuzistan.
Fifteen miles south of Shalgahi on Dizful-Shustar road, Khuzi-
stan.
Monacha olivieri Fer. Shalgahi, ten miles southwest of Dizful,
Khuzistan.
Monacha schotti L. Pfr. Shalgahi, ten miles southwest of
Dizful, Khuzistan.
Buliminns egregius Naeg. Outside Konji rockshelter, five
miles south of Khurrumabad, Luristan. Fifteen miles south of
Shalgahi on Dizful-Shustar road, Khuzistan.
Bidiminus alepensis urmianus Boettg. Persepolis.
Jaminia alhida Mouss. Persepolis.
Orcida orientalis moussoni Reinh. Persepolis.
Freshwater Shells
Melanoides tubercidata Miill. Shalgahi, ten miles southwest
of Dizful, Khuzistan.
Melanopsis huccinoidea doriae Issel. Shalgahi, ten miles south-
west of Dizful, Khuzistan.
Theodoxiis syriacus Bourg. Khurrumabad, Luristan.
U7iio crassiis hruguierianus Bourg. Zagheh between Khur-
rumabad and Dorud, Luristan.
120 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
SOME MARINE SHELLS USED BY PREHISTORIC
INDIANS IN ECUADOR
By ROBERT J. DRAKE
In 1940 Edwin N. Ferdon, Jr. was conducting an archaeo-
logical survey in southern coastal Ecuador. He was assisted by
John M. Corbett, the work being sponsored jointly by the School
of American Research and the University of Southern Cali-
fornia. For 6 months, in the fall and winter of 1940-41, the
archaeologists carried out major excavations in one of the
larger sites discovered. It was a shellmound on a cliff, 60 feet
above the beach and just west of La Libertad (a town which lies
about 147 kilometers west of Guayaquil by rail and is on the
northern shore of the Santa Elena Peninsula). The excavation
procedure used for this site has been recounted by Ferdon
(1941a).
The large shellmound (1000 by 1500 feet) had not been too
badly pot-hunted by amateurs ; surface collections of artifacts
indicated it might be, stratigraphically, a key site for under-
standing the prehistory of the entire region. Ferdon (1941b)
has given a preliminary notice of the artifacts excavated from
the shellmound on the cliff and which was designated as site
E 2 g. They were of stone, clay, bone, wood, metal, and shell.
Numerically, the shell artifacts outdid the other classes. These
were turned over to the writer for identification of the species
utilized in their manufacture and for typological study of the
cultural forms, the last because of his interest in archaeological
emphasis in the interdisciplinary field of ethnoconchology. Only
the species identifications are reported here. Ferdon, at the
Museum of New Mexico (in Santa Fe), is at present finishing
his monograph on the archaeology of La Libertad, Ecuador.
He has recently published a report on the geography of the
region (1950).
As has been observed as usual with other large lots of ethno-
conchological specimens from cultures employing considerable
art work, most of the La Libertad shell artifacts were worked
beyond possibility of even genus recognition. It may be pos-
sible, when Ferdon 's reporting is finished, to make additional
species identifications of those artifacts not dealt with now.
April, 1952] the nautilus 121
Only 86 shell artifacts, out of the 1100 odd, could be more
or less positively determined as to the marine species used. In
9 more the genus is known. The writer is greatly indebted to
Dr. Leo Geroge Hertlein of the Department of Paleontology,
California Academy of Sciences, for making most of the de-
terminations and advising on nomenclature.
Below are given determinations and number of specimens for
each species. The artifact serial numbers, for reference, are
given in parenthesis.
Natica cf. catenata Philippi, 1 (229)
Polinices uber (Valenciennes), 1 (988)
Trivia radians (Lamarck), 10 (239, 314, 546, 648, 751, 682, 869,
904, 933, 967)
Cypraea robertsi Hidalgo, 1 (82)
Malea riyigens (Swainson), 1 (81)
Cymatium gihhosuni (Broderip), 1 (30)
Anachis fiilva (Sowerby), 1 (31)
Cantharus elegens (Gray), 1 (87)
Mitra gigantea Swainson, 1 (29)
Oliva incrassata (Solander), 1 (139)
Olivella columellaris (Sowerby), 9 (261, 290, 297, 315, 470, 597,
706, 753, 1102)
Olivella cf. gracilis (Broderip & Sowerby), 15 (33, 47, 90, 106,
123, 137, 206, 230, 221, 223, 274, 311, 312, 341, 507)
Olivella guayaquilensis Bartsch, 7 (258, 310, 458, 459, 812, 813,
854)
Olivella undatella (Lamarck), 6 (94, 97, 134, 143, 231, 363)
Olivella cf. undatella (Lamarck), 3 (442, 888, 1101)
Olivella volutella (Lamarck), 8 (524, 525, 526, 527, 583, 605,
997, 1027)
Olivella cf. volutella (Lamarck), 5 (201, 335, 401, 529, 597)
Olivella cf. zanoeta (Duclos), 5 (698, 706, 711, 735, 749)
Conus cf. fergusoni Sowerby, 1 (625)
Conus gladiator Broderip, 1 (224)
Conus cf, princeps Linnaeus, 1 (609)
Conus princeps lineolatus Valenciennes, 2 (117,684)
Bulla punctulata A. Adams, 1 (894)
Area cf. formosa Sowerby, 1 (741)
Area cf. nux Sowerby, 1 (111)
Glycymeris cf. inaequalis (Sowerby), 1 (216)
Pecten circularis Sowerby, 1 (1031)
Pitar concinnus (Sowerby), 1 (259)
122 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
Only the genera could be ascertained for the following:
Balanus, 1 (104) ; Dentalium, 2 (65, 157) ; Oliva 1, 1 (725) ;
Olivella, 2 (960, 989) ; Conns, 2 (681, 785) ; and Strombus ?,
1 (80).
The species are all from the current Ecuadorian marine fauna.
Such is to be expected as the people of days gone by at site E
2 g perhaps were only moderately choosy of their materials
for shell artifacts; they evidently had a plentiful supply and
a good source in the immediate vicinity. Or, at least at times
during the occupation (or occupations). It will be interesting
to see if examples of some of the E 2 g shell forms turn up
typologically and/or by species used some distances away in the
cultural area of the time (or times) of the La Libertad shell-
mound in question and sampled by Ferdon.
More species identifications in the bulk of the E 2 g shell
artifacts perhaps could have been made had there been avail-
able for study a large collection of beach shells made near the
site. Many simply formed artifacts were made of mere worn
beach shells and fragments thereof; examples of such would
have thus greatly facilitated comparisons and species determina-
tions. Such a collection was made by Ferdon in 1941 but had
to be left in Ecuador.
Literature Cited
Ferdon, Edwin N., Jr. 1941a. The excavation at La Libertad.
El Palacio, Vol. 48, pp. 38-42. Santa Fe.
. 1941b. Preliminary notes on artifacts from La Libertad,
Ecuador. El Palacio, Vol. 48, pp. 204-210.
. 1950. Studies in Ecuadorian geography. School of
American Research Monographs, No. 15. Santa Fe.
SOME MOLLUSCAN TRAILS IN PRINCE WILLIAM
COUNTY, VIRGINIA
By frank L. JEFFRIES
The locality records herein recorded, are taken from the au-
thor's field-book, and constitute a chronicle of his field trips
April, 1952] the nautilus 123
during the summers of 1948, 1949 and 1950, within the confines
of Prince William County.
Formed in 1730 from the counties of Stafford and King
George, and named for William Augusta of the House of Han-
over, Prince William County has been the scene and locale of
many epic events recorded in the pages of early Americana.
Southward, some thirty-five miles from the District of Co-
lumbia on U. S. Highway No. 29-211, the traveller enters the
heart of the famed Bull Run battlefields, where were fought the
first and second battles of Manassas. Crossing the Bull Run,
which constitutes the dividing line between Fairfax and Prince
William Counties, one pauses by the ''Stone Bridge" where
rested the "Confederate Left" on the early morning of July
21, 1861, and whence passed Pope's retreating army, August
30, 1862. Continuing on to other points within the county, one
visits many historical shrines containing hallowed memories of
yesteryear.
The wooded area of the county is characterized by an oak-
hickory association, with many stands of Virginia pine. Oaks
include: black oak {Quercus velutina) ; red oak (Quercus hore-
alis) ; southern red oak {Quercus rudra) ; chestnut oak (Quercus
montana) ; willow oak {Quercus phellos) ; post oak (Quercus
stellata) ; and white oak (Quercus alba). Hickories include:
mockernut (Hicoria alba) ; pignut (Hicoria glabra) ; and shag-
bark (Hicoria ovata). Other trees commonly occurring in-
clude : sweet gum (Liquidambar styraciflua) ; tulip tree (Liro-
dendron tulipifera) ; red maple (Acer rubrum) ; river birch
(Betula nigra) ; Virginia pine (Pinus virginiana) ; and of course
Virginia's own flowering dogwood (Cornus florida).
During a two day family outing in May of 1948, along the
Occoquan River Gorge, from the town of Occoquan to a point
approximately one and a half miles up stream, the following
species were collected: Mesodon thyroidus (Say); Triodopsis
tridentata juxtidens (Pilsbry) ; Haplotrema concavum (Say) ;
Anguispira alternata form angulata Pilsbry; Deroceras reticu-
latuni (Miiller) ; Philomycus carolinianus (Bosc) ; Marstoniopsis
limosa (Say) ; Ceriphasia virginica (Gmelin) ; Pseudosuccinea
columella (Say) ; Oyraulus parvus (Say) ; Physa heterostropha
(Say).
124 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
During the summer of 1949, the writer undertook and com-
pleted a project of collecting along the Bull Run from its source
in the Bull Run Mountains of Loudoun County, to the point
where it joins with the Occoquan River to continue on into the
Potomac River. The following Prince William County records
were secured:
Bull Run at Sudley Church : Clappia virginica Walker ; Ceri-
phasia virginica (Gmelin) ; Helisoma anceps hartschi F. C.
Baker; Physa Integra Haldeman; Elliptio complanatus (Dill-
wyn) ; Alasmidonta varicosa Lamarck; Sphaerium striatinum
Lamarck.
Bull Run approx, three quarters mile up stream from ** Stone
Bridge : Campeloma rufum Haldeman ; Ceriphasia virginica
(Gmelin) ; Helisoma anceps hartschi F. C. Baker; Physa integra
Haldeman; Strophitus undulatus (Say) ; Sphaerium striatinum
Lamarck; Pisidium ahditum Haldeman.
Bull Run at Stone Bridge: Stenotrema harhatum (Clapp) ;
Mesodon thyroidus (Say) ; Triodopsis tridentata juxtidens (Pils-
bry) ; Haplotrema concavum (Say) ; Retinella indentata (Say) ;
Eetinella hurringtoni (Pilsbry) ; Ventridens ligera (Say) ; Zoni-
toides arboreus (Say) ; Anguispira alternata form angulata
Pilsbry; Anguispira fergusoni (Bland) ; Succinea ovalis (Say) ;
Elliptio complanatus (Dillwyn) ; Alasmidonta undulata (Say).
Both species of Unionidae were weathered shells from the flood
plain, a recent rain having rendered the creek too muddy and
deep for collecting purposes.
Bull Run between U. S. Highways 29-211 and 28. Campeloma
rufum (Haldeman) ; Ceriphasia virginica (Gmelin) ; Elliptio
complanatus (Dillwyn); Elliptio productus Conrad; Alasmi-
donta undulata (Say).
Woods paralleling the Bull Run down stream from U. S.
Highway 28 : Retinella hurringtoni (Pilsbry) ; Zonitoides ar-
boreus (Say) ; Anguispira fergusoni (Bland) ; Succinea ovalis
(Say).
Little Bull Run just beyond Sudley Church at the point where
the county road to Aldie crosses : Elliptio complanatus (Dill-
wyn) ; Strophitus undulatus (Say). NB : The map identifies
this creek as Little Bull Run, however, a recent marker on the
bridge crossing the creek calls it Cartharpin Run.
April, 1952] the nautilus 125
Chestnut Lick at point where U. S. Highway 15 crosses:
Fossaria humilis (Say) ; Helisoma anceps hartschi F. C. Baker;
Physa heterostropha (Say) ; Anodonta cataracta Say; Sphaerium
occidentale Prime ; Pisidium ahditum Haldeman ; Fisidium com-
pressum Prime. Sieves were used to screen from marginal mud.
Young's Branch just across U. S. Highway 29-211 from the
** Stone House": Lyrogyrus granum (Say); Pseudosuccinea
columella (Say) ; Fossaria humilis (Say) ; Helisoma anceps
hartschi F. C. Baker; Physa heterostropha (Say); Sphaerium
occidentale Prime; Pisidium ahditum Haldeman; Pisidium com-
pressum Prime. All collecting at this station was within fifty
feet of the highway. Sieves were used to screen from the margin-
al mud, the aquatic plant life and the rather gravelly bottom.
During the summer of 1950, extensive field trips were made
into the region known as Prince William Forest Park. This
eleven thousand acre tract of rolling woodland, formerly known
as the Chopawamsic Recreational Area, is situated in lower
Prince William County on the west side of U. S. Highway No.
1. The Park extends from the Quantico Marine Base, the vil-
lage of Triangle and the historic village of Dumfries on the
east, for approximately ten miles northwestward to Independent
Hill. Terrain ranges from 100 to 400 feet above sea level.
Both branches of Quantico Creek flow through the Park. Sev-
eral organized group camps are sponsored and operated within
the area by various organizations. The writer had the oppor-
tunity at close range to observe the wonderful work carried on
by the Salvation Army amongst the underprivileged children
of city slum areas. Records from this area have been grouped
together for the purposes of this article, as space would not
permit the listing of the many collecting stations. The follow-
ing records were obtained: Stenotrema hirsutum (Say) ; Meso-
don thyroidus (Say) ; Triodopsis tridentata juxtidens (Pilsbry) ;
Triodopsis fallax (Say) ; Triodopsis alholahris (Say) ; Haplo-
trema convacum (Say) ; Retinella rhoadsi (Pilsbry) ; Betinella
indentata (Say) ; Betinella indentata paucilirata (Morelet)
Betinella hurringtoni (Pilsbry) ; Ventridens suppressus (Say)
Zonitoides arhoreus (Say) ; Anguispira fergusoni (Bland)
Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) ; Philomycus carolinianus (Bosc)
126 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
PalUfera dorsalis Binney; Strohilops aenea Pilsbry; Strohilops
Idbyrinthica (Say) : From the North Branch of Quantico Creek
were taken: Pseudosuccinea columella (Say) ; and Physa hetero-
stropha (Say). From the South Branch of Quantico Creek
were taken: Pseudosuccinea columella (Say); Helisoma anceps
hartschi F. C. Baker; Menetus dilatatus (Gould) ; Physa hetero-
stropha (Say) ; Elliptio complanatus (Dillwyn) ; Alasmidonta
undulata (Say) ; and Sphaerium striatimim Lamarck.
Acknowledgment is hereby expressed to Dr. Harold Rehder
and staff of the United States National Museum for their con-
stant encouragement, and especially to Dr. J. P. E. Morrison,
for his long suffering and patience with this lay member of
malacology, in checking and many times correcting identifica-
tions of specimens collected and listed herein.
The following may serve as a preliminary check-list of the
mollusks of Prince William County, Virginia — Polygyridae :
Stenotrema hirsutum (Say) ; Stenotrema harhatum (Clapp) ;
Mesodon thyroidus (Say) ; Triodopsis trident ata juxtidens
(Pilsbry) ; Triodopsis fallax (Say) ; Triodopsis alboldbris (Say).
Haplotrematidae : Haplotrema concavum (Say). Zonitidae:
Retinella rhoadsi (Pilsbry) ; Retinella indent ata (Say) ; Reti-
nella indentata paucilirata (Morelet) ; Retinella hurringtoni
(Pilsbry) ; Ventridens suppressus (Say) ; Ventridens ligera
(Say); Zonitoides arhoreus (Say). Limacidae: Deroceras
reticulatum (Miiller). Endodontidae : Anguispira alternata
form aiigulata Pilsbry; Anguispira fergusoni (Bland); Heli-
codiscus parallelus (Say). Philomycidae : Philomycus caro-
linianus (Bosc) ; PalUfera dorsalis Binney. Succineidae : Suc-
cinea ovalis (Say). Strobilopsidae : Strohilops aenea Pilsbry;
Strohilops lahyrinthica (Say). Viviparidae : Campeloma rufum
(Haldeman). Amnicolidae: Clappia virginica Walker; Mar-
stoniopsis limosa (Say) ; Lyrogyrus granum (Say). Pleuro-
ceridae : Ceriphasia virginica (Gmelin). Lymnaeidae : Pseudo-
succinea columella (Say) ; Fossaria humilis (Say). Planorbi-
dae. Helisoma anceps hartschi F. C. Baker; Gyraulus parvus
(Say); Menetus dilatatus (Gould). Physidae: Physa integra
Haldeman; Physa heterostropha (Say). Unionidae: Elliptio
complanatus (Dillwyn) ; Elliptio productus (Conrad) ; Ano-
donta cataracta Say; Alasmidonta varicosa (Lamarck) ; Alasmi-
April, 1952] the nautilus 127
donta undulata (Say) ; Strophitus undulatus (Say). Sphaeri-
ida.e iSphaerium striatinum (Lamarck); Sphaerium occidentale
Prime; Pisidium dubium (Say) ; Pisidium abditum Haldeman;
Pisidium compressum Prime.
Angusipira fergusoni (Bland).
While eollectino- on Theodore Roosevelt Island (formerly
known as Analostan Island), in the Potomac, at "Washington,
D. C. the writer collected both fergusoni and angulata from a
common colony under the loose bark of a fallen tree. The tree
sloped from the ground to a height of seven feet. More than fifty
specimens of each were taken in all stages of growth, from
very young to large adults, and in each case could be identified
as either fergusoni or angulata beyond any doubt. No hybrids
w^ere apparent. This certainly would tend to support species
status for A. fergusoni rather than form.
SOME MOLLUSKS FROM DOOR CO., WISCONSIN
By ALAN SOLEM
Haverford College, Haverford, Pennsylvania
During the first week of August 1951 the author vacationed
at Toft's Point Hotel, Bailey's Harbor, Wisconsin. During
this time collections were made at several localities in Door
County. Since I was accompanied by a group of nonmalacolo-
gists, most of the collections were made hurriedly and in a
cursory manner ; in particular minute land shells were neglected.
Nevertheless, several species of interest were found and since
some are not listed from Door County in Baker (1926) or Levi
and Levi (1950), it was thought worthwhile to publish a com-
plete list of species collected. Credit is due to Dr. Fritz Haas
of the Chicago Natural History Museum for identification of
the Sphaeriidae and checking my identifications of the Limnaei-
dae. Many thanks are also due to Mary Margaret Conkling for
patient help in the collection of specimens. In the Succineidae,
it was thought prudent to dissect material to confirm the classi-
128 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
fications made from the shells. The shells now comprise lots
992-1034 and 1090-1091 in the author's collection where they
are available for study.
The following sites were visited:
(1). The most inclusive and complete collections were made
on the Toft's Point Hotel property. It is a 270 acre tract of
virgin pine timber on the west shore of Moonlight Bay (some-
times called Mud Bay) about three miles northeast of Baileys
Harbor. The hotel is located on the shore of a small sand-
bottomed cove, covered by a reed marsh. The lateral sides of
the cove consist of rock outcrops. In back of the hotel is the
virgin forest, predominately evergreen with some deciduous
growth. The undergrowth consists almost entirely of thimble-
berry {Ruhus parviflorus Nutt.).
(2). About one-half mile south of the hotel is an open spot
on the shoreline called Little Bayou. It is an exceedingly damp
low area covered with piles of reeds tossed up during storms.
A very prolific habitat both in species and actual numbers of
specimens.
(3). Whitefish Bay is an extension of Lake Michigan about
one-quarter of the way up the peninsula from Sturgeon Bay.
This, I believe, is the locality from which Chadwick (1905-6)
reported many land shells. Collecting was confined to the Cave
Point side of the Bay from beach drift.
(4). Newport Beach is located on Lake Michigan just south
of Europe Bay at the site of the now deserted village of Newport.
This spot is of wide knowledge to local people and familiar to a
few summer visitors. All specimens were obtained from beach
drift in about fifteen minutes.
(5). Washington Island is located at the northern end of the
peninsula, about 45' 30° N latitude. It is separated from the
mainland by the deep and treacherous "Death's Door" passage.
At the north-west corner of the island is a small fresh-water lake
about one acre in area called Little Lake. It is separated from
Lake Michigan by about 200-300 yards of land. The Wash-
ington Island Museum is located on the south east shore of the
lake. All specimens were collected in the immediate vicinity
of the Museum.
April, 1952] the nautilus 129
The following species were collected. The numbers follow-
ing the species refer to the localities above :
Allogona profunda (Say) 1, 2, 5.
Amnicola limosa superiorensis F. C. Baker 4.
Amnicola lustrica Pilsbry 4.
Anguispira alternata (Say) 1, 5.
Bulimnea megasoma (Say) 4 (very young).
Galha modicella (Say) 1.
Galba ohrussa (Say) 4.
Goniohasis livescens Menke 4.
Gyraulus parvus (Say) 1, 4.
Eelicodiscus parallelus (Say) 1, 4, 5.
Helisoma campanulatum (Say) 4, 5.
Helisoma trivolvis (Say) 1.
Lymnaea stagnalis jugularis Say 1,
Mesodon thyroidus (Say) 5.
Oxyloma retusa (Lea) 2.
Physa magnalacustris Walker 1, 4.
Planorhula armigera (Say) 3.
Pisidium compressum Prime 3.
Retinella indentata (Say) 1.
Somatogyrus tryonii Pilsbry & F. C. Baker 3.
Sphaerium (Musculium) securis (Prime) 1.
Sphaerium striatinum (Lamarck) 4.
Stagnicola emarginata canadensis (Sowerby) 3.
Stagnicola lanceata (Gould) 1.
Stagnicola walkeriana F. C. Baker 3.
Stenotrema fraternum (Say) 1.
Stenotrema monodon (Rackett) 1, 2.
Succinea avara Say 2, 5.
Triodopsis albolabris (Say) 1, 2, 5.
Valvata Mcarinata perdepressa Walker 5.
Valvata sincera Say 2.
Valvata tricarinata Say 3, 4.
Zonitoides arhoreus (Say) 1, 4.
Zonit aides nitidus (Muller) 1.
Bibliography
Baker, F. C. 1928. Fresh water Mollusca of Wisconsin. Bull.
70, Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey.
Chadwick, G. H. 1905-6. Naut., 19 : 57 ; 20 : 22.
Levi, Lorna R., and Herbert W. Levi. 1950. New records of
land snails from Wisconsin. Naut., 63 : 131-138.
130 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
THE STRATOGRAPHIC COMPOSITION OF A
WOODLAND GASTROPOD POPULATION
By PHILIP H. KRUTZSCH
In order to attain a better understanding of the ecology of
land gastropods a brief study was undertaken on April 6, 1948,
on a small plot near the University of Kansas campus, Lawrence,
Douglas County, Kansas, The area selected is situated in a
small wooded ravine. An intermittent stream, active only dur-
ing rainy periods, affords the only evident source of moisture.
Neighboring these riparian conditions are fallow, weed covered
fields.
A five foot square was marked off on the west-facing slope of
the ravine. This area was selected at the juncture of the slope
and a narrow plain adjacent to the stream-bed. The plot,
shaded by osage orange and locust trees, had an understory
vegetation of coral berry, weeds, and Muhlenlurgia. The ground
surface was covered by debris; this surface litter of old leaves,
locust pods, twigs, bark, and rotting vegetation varied in depth
from one to three inches. The soil of the hillside was black,
granular, and loosely packed. The level area immediately ad-
jacent to the stream bank had a surface covering of black soil,
and at lower levels this became yellow and fine textured, with a
high content of clay.
In order that a comparatively complete sampling of the snail
population might be made, collections were made at various
levels in the substratum by removing successively one inch layers
from the entire study plot. The surface litter and the soil be-
neath was carefully examined to a depth of four inches. Tem-
perature, soil moisture, and soil texture were noted at each level.
The snails were removed by straining. Screens of two mesh
sizes were employed (I/4 inch and Ys inch). Possibly additional
material might have been procured by use of a smaller mesh,
but the moist, gummy soil prevented this.
The following is a stratigraphic account indicating soil type,
moisture, temperature, and snail fauna collected:
Surface litter. Temperature of the surface litter was 46 °F.
Moisture in the form of water droplets was evident. The snail
April, 1952]
THE NAUTILUS
131
population was greatest at this level. Forty-six individuals,
representing seven species (see table 1), were obtained. Sam-
ples examined from various parts of the plot indicated a similar
population over the entire area.
Table 1. Summary
One inch below the surface. Soil temperature was 48 °F.
Soil everywhere was moist ; however, water droplets were ab-
sent. The soil was blackish and granular. There was a marked
reduction in the number of individuals and species collected.
Seven gastropods, representing only two species (see table 1),
were obtained.
Two inches below surface. Soil temperature was 47°F; soil
was moist and granular. Seven snails, representing four species
(see table 1), were collected at this level.
Three inches below the surface. Soil temperature was 47°F;
soil everywhere was moist. Soil on the hillside was black and
granular. Six of the eight snails obtained were in this black
soil. Soil on the flat was yellow, tightly packed clay; in spite
of intensive and careful search only two snails were collected
from this stratum. A total of eight individuals were found;
these comprised three species (see table 1).
Four inches below the surface. Soil temperature was 47 °F,
soil everywhere was moist and elayish. Four snails, represent-
ing two species (see table 1), were found.
The species Retinella indentata and Gastrocopta armifera
were most numerous at all levels ; most individuals collected were
living. Other species were represented by few empty shells.
132 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
Conclusions
1. In this woodland habitat, the greatest number of individu-
als and species apparently occur in surface litter.
2. The population appears to decrease in direct proportion
to the depth below the surface.
3. Loose, granular soil is much preferred to tightly packed,
clayish soil.
4. Small variations in temperature and moisture apparently
have little influence on the presence or absence of land snails.
5. Most abundant species were Gastrocopta armifera and
Retinella indentata.
INTRODUCED SPECIES OF LAND SNAILS
IN NEW JERSEY
By ROBERT C. ALEXANDER
The land snail population of any civilized area is apt to in-
clude introduced species as well as native species. The intro-
duced species may have come from some nearby locality or from
a foreign land. Although such introductions are usually acci-
dental, there are many cases on record in which snails have been
imported deliberately for commercial and scientific reasons.
Generally, accidental introductions are first observed where
cultivated plants are grown or where soil has been brought in.
Specimens collected in flowerpots, in gardens, on lawns and
other similar places under cultivation may justly be open to the
suspicion of having been introduced.
Once introduced species become established, they constitute
as much an integral part of the land snail population of the
locality where they live as the native element. However unless
this foreign element can be readily recognized, it may become
a source of considerable confusion to anyone attempting to
solve the manifold problems of distribution. This confusion
can be prevented to a certain extent by publication of reliable
records noting the species that appear to be new to any particu-
lar locality.
Several introduced species of land snails have been collected
in New Jersey. Some of them are well established in the state.
April, 1952] the nautilus 133
Cecilioides aperta is recorded from Princeton, Mercer County.
This West Indian species was probably collected in a garden or
greenhouse having been grought to this country on the roots of
an imported plant. It is an isolated record and it is unlikely that
the species still persists in this locality.
Three European species belonging to the genus Oxychilus
have been found in New Jersey. Oxychilus cellarium was col-
lected at Cape May, Cape May County, in 1933 and at Long
Branch, Monmouth County, in 1926; Oxychilus draparnaldi at
Gloucester, Camden County, undated; Oxychilus alliarium at
Branch Brook Park, Newark, Essex County, in 1929.
The European slugs Limax maximus, Limax flavus and
Deroceras reticulatum are widely distributed in the state. Dero-
ceras laeve, a species indigenous both to Europe and North
America, is probably the commonest slug here and the specimens
collected are almost without exception of native origin.
While most introductions of land snails have been accidental,
some have been intentional. William G. Binney, the concholo-
gist, delighted in importing snails in order to observe their
adaptability to a new environment. About 1860, he imported
living specimens of Triodopsis fosteri which he released in his
garden at 202 Union Street in Burlington, N. J. The speci-
mens had been sent from Illinois by Robert Kennicott and, at
that time, were identified as Triodopsis appressa.^ They estab-
lished themselves here and have thrived ever since. Dr. Pilsbry
says of this species: ''They are now abundant in suitable places
all over town, and in 1909 I found them at least eight miles
down the river at Plum Point, above Riverton, and in several
intervening places along the Delaware River. " - In 1924, Bay-
ard Long collected two specimens at National Park, Gloucester
County, about fifteen miles south of Riverton. Apparently
they had come down the river on driftwood and, surviving a
hazardous voyage past Camden and Gloucester, stranded in the
vicinity of National Park, northwest of Woodbury, where they
established themselves.
Distribution of land snails by the agency of water is not un-
common where seasonal freshets and floods inundate lands far
1 Manual of American Land Shells, 1885, p. 288.
-'Land Mollusca of North America, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1940, p. 832.
134 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
beyond the river banks carrying driftwood and whatever may
be on it far and wide. The swollen waters of the Mississippi
and other rivers have been instrumental in distributing certain
species beyond the areas they inhabited originally, while at the
same time forming an impassable barrier to other species. Less
disposed to inundating floods than many rivers, the Delaware
is not as important a factor in the distribution of land snails.
Another of Binney's importations was the European land
snail Cepaea nemoralis. He established the earliest known
colony of this species in America and wrote the following ac-
count about it : " In 1857 I imported some hundred specimens
from near Sheffield, England, and freed them in my garden at
Burlington, New Jersey. They have thriven well and increased
with great rapidity, so that now^ (1869) the whole town is full
of them. They retain the habit of the species of climbing
hedges and trees, not remaining concealed under decaying
leaves, logs, etc. "^ The history of Binney's colony of Cepaea
nemoralis is continued by Dr. Pilsbry : "At the present time
(1937), after eighty years, these snails are still confined to the
town where they are abundant in some gardens and in several
urban cemeteries and churchyards. I have not found them in
surrounding country. Prominent features of the Burlington
colony are the prevalence of red ground, and the large propor-
tion of bandless shells. ' ' * The species is still abundant in
Burlington.
Helicigona lapicida, Rumina, decollata ^ and other imported
species that Binney said he put in his garden at the same time
as Cepaea nemoralis disappeared at once. However, Binney
kept living specimens of Bumina decollata in his house as well
as liberating them in his garden. He wrote: "I kept a number
of individuals received from Charleston a long time as scaven-
gers, to clean the shells of other snails. As soon as a living Helix
was placed in a box with them, one would attack it, introduce
itself into the inner whorls, and completely remove the animal.
Leaving a number of Succinea ovalis Gld. with them one day,
3 Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 1870, p. 430.
4 Land Mollusca of North America, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1939, p. 10.
5 This species, a native of the Mediterranean region, was first observed
in this country at Charleston, S. C, in 1813 by Dr. Edmund Kavenel who
said it was very common in gardens there.
April, 1952] the nautilus 135
the former disappeared entirely in a short time. The Stenogyra
(Rumina) had eaten shell as well as animal." ®
Vallonia pulchella, Vallonia excentrica and Vallonia costata
are indigenous both to Europe and North America. Specimens
collected in New Jersey should be considered to be native unless
there is evidence to the contrary.
In August, 1898, Dr. Pilsbry collected specimens of Vallonia
pulchella and Pupoides albilabris on mounds around the old
gas works on Lafayette Street, Cape May, N. J., and reported
that they **may possibly be imported species, as nothing of them
was seen except in the old and long settled part of town. ' ' ^
The status of species such as these can often be determined with
a fair degree of accuracy by the presence or absence of other
records of the same species in the immediate vicinity.
In 1911, Dr. Pilsbry collected specimens of Hawaiia minu-
scula and Helicodiscus singleyanns inermis in a flowerpot in his
home on Main Street, Riverton, N. J. The plant had been pur-
chased at Dreer's nursery nearby .The specimens of Hawaiia
minuscula were probably native since there are several records
of this species from Burlington County and it is widely dis-
tributed in the state. The specimens of Helicodiscus single-
yanns inermis may have been introductions since this is the
only record from Burlington County. However, this species is
native in the state too.
STUDIES ON MOLLUSK POPULATIONS: II
By E. STOHLEE
Department of Zoology, University of California, Berkeley
In connection with a study in this series, to be reported on at
a later date, a fairly large number of Olivella hiplicata Sowerby
was collected in various localities along the California coast.
Every effort was made to obtain as complete as possible a sample
from a more or less carefully circumscribed area in each locality,
including every individual present. Thus, what are believed
to be unselected populations were obtained.
6 Manual of American Land Shells, 1885, p. 457.
7 Nautilus, vol. 14, no. 7, p. 74.
136 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
While the same material is being used for a statistical study,
it also offered, because of the fact that it represents unselected
populations from widely scattered places, a basis for a study on
the color variations of this species. As Gifford and Gifford
(1941) have shown, the color varies from white to almost black
through various shades of gray, olive and brown. The exact
color shades observed are very accurately described in the paper
mentioned and may, therefore, be omitted here. It is sufficient
to state that the present material includes all the shades men-
tioned by Gifford and Gifford. Also included is an occasional
yellowish or orange individual, as noted by the same authors.
Vanatta (1915, p. 71/72) described a white variety as OUvella
hiplicata lapillus from San Pedro, California. As may be seen
from the accompanying table, individuals corresponding to
Vanatta 's variety (here merely listed as "white") were found
to a varying percentage in each of the localities. As was pointed
out in the introduction to the current series of studies (Stohler,
1950), taxonomic recognition must be denied to individuals at
the extreme ends of the normal range of variation of the species.
OUvella hiplicata lapillus Vanatta must, therefore, be relegated
to the synonymy of the typical species, OUvella hiplicata
Sowerby,
The relatively uniformly small percentage of white indi-
viduals might be considered as an indication of the presence
of a recessive Mendelian trait. On the other hand, the fact that
various shades of colors are observed in a population could
mean that multiple factors are at work, including, perhaps,
blending inheritance. As Gifford and Gifford (loc. cit.) have
indicated, only controlled breeding experiments could unravel
this problem, which appears to be a rather complex one. At
present, there is no hope for such a solution ; on the other hand,
a statistical analysis of large populations — much larger than
are available at present — might give sufficient clues for a reason-
able explanation of the variability in the color pattern of OU-
vella hiplicata. This author hopes that these remarks may
stimulate a number of collectors to gather carefully, from
equally carefully circumscribed areas, large, unselected popula-
tions at yearly intervals and to analyze the color distribution
with the aid of the "Dictionary of Color" by Maerz and Paul.
April, 1952] the nautilus 137
The results of these analyses might be pooled through the me-
dium of The Nautilus for an over-all final analysis.
Populations from the following California localities were
studied :
1. Drakes Estero, Marin Co., collected July 30, 1946.
2. Duxbury Reef, Marin Co., between June 1 and October 12,
1950.
3. Pillar Point, San Mateo Co., June 29, 1950.
4. Monterey Harbor, Monterey Co.; collected by Cadet Hand,
July 23, 1948.
5. Government Point, Santa Barbara Co., Aug. 17, 1948.
6. La Jolla, San Diego Co. ; collected by R. Shaw, Dec. 27, 1948.
The color range and the relative numbers of "white" shells
are given in the following table :
Literature Cited
GiFFORD, D. S., AND E. W. GiFFORD. 1941. Color variation in
Olivella hiplicata. Naut., 55 (1) : 10-12.
Maerz, a., AND M. Rea Paul. 1930. A dictionary of color.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, N. Y.
Stohler, R. 1950. Studies on mollusk populations: I. Naut.,
64 (2) : 47-51.
Vanatta, E. G. 1915. Notes on Oliva. Naut., 29 (6) : 67-72.
THE GENERIC NAME PSEUDOTROCHUS
By H. a. PILSBRY
The genus Pseudo-trochus was composed by J. T. Klein in
his Tentamen Methodi Ostracologicae, p. 26 (1753). The two
species are laevis = Liguus virginea (L.) and striatus = Tele-
scopium telescopiuni (L.) Klein's nomenclature was binary but
not always binomial, and being prior to 1758 it has now only
138 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
historic interest. His system was noticed by Bruguiere in his
review of pre-Linnaean conchology (Encyclopedic Methodique,
1789), Pseudotrochus on p. 530; and Herrmannsen, in his
Indicis Generum Malacozoorum primordia enumerated some
of Klein's genera, briefly giving their contents, Pseudotrochus
in vol. 2, p. 341 (1847).
According to Opinion 5 of the International Commission on
zoological nomenclature, "A pre-Linnaean name, ineligible be-
cause of its publication prior to 1758, does not become eligible
simply by being cited or reprinted with its original diagnosis
after 1757. To become eligible under the Code, such names
must be reinforced by adoption or acceptance by the author
publishing the reprint." Neither Brugiere or Herrmannsen
adopted the pre-Linnaean names they cited, and therefore did
not validate them.
The first author, so far as I know, to accept Pseudotrochus
was 0. A. L. Morch, in the Catalogus Conch. . . . Yoldi, 1852,
as follows :
Pseudotrochus KL, Chersina Humphr., Liguus Mtf.
virginea L. Cuba
var.
(Oxystrombus Kl.)
fasciata Miill.
lineata Val. Humb. Voy. t.55,f .2
crenata Sws.
var. sulphurea
var. Ig. 73 m.
A. fasciata var. c Pfr. Reeve f. 35 e
452 1 alabaster Rang. I. Princip.
H. & A. Adams, 1855, in The Genera of Recent Mollusca, 2:
135, adopted Pseudotrochus from Morch, enumerating all of his
species and adding several similar species of Liguus and Peri-
deris. They figured alabaster Rang as an example.
In March, 1904 (Man. Conch., 16: 220), the present writer
designated P. alabaster {Helix alabaster Rang) type of Pseudo-
trochus H. & A. Adams. This species automatically became type
of the identical genus Pseudotrochus Morch. To my knowledge,
no type had been designated prior to 1904.
It would have been better to have left Pseudotrochus in the
synonymy of Liguus (as in Man. Conch., 12: 161), and make a
April, 1952] the nautilus 139
new name for the homonymous Perideris; but my course in
1904 was influenced by the examples of such men as W. H. Dall
and J. A. Allen, who at that time favored the selection of a
"type by elimination" — a procedure subsequently discredited.
A great deal of water has passed over the mill of nomenclature
since 1904. As matters stand, Pseudotrochus Morch, with the
type P. alabaster (Rang), is the proper generic name for Peri-
deris Shuttleworth,
Finally, I feel that I owe an apology to readers of The
Nautilus for occupying space with anything so dull and un-
interesting as nomenclatorial polemics. My excuse is that the
validity of Pseudotrochus has been questioned, and my opinion
was requested.
INFRA-SUBSPECIFIC TERMINOLOGY IN
MARINE MOLLUSKS ^
By WILLIAM K. EMERSON
The problem concerning the proper use and meaning of tri-
nominal - names has confronted systematic zoologists and pale-
ontologists since the adoption of the international rules of
zoological nomenclature. Originally no provision was provided
for taxonomic units lower than the species level with the ex-
ception of subspecies. Unfortunately, subspecies were not de-
fined but were mode co-ordinate in the rules with species (Ar-
ticles 11, 12). This led to the utilization of a number of tri-
nominal terms of diverse meaning and application. The lack of
standardization is generally lamentable in all of the varied fields
of systematic zoology and has become all too prevalent within
many of the specialized branches.
Many taxonomists thus welcomed the proposed remedies as
outlined by the Secretary of the International Commission on
zoological nomenclature.^ These changes in the rules require
a trinominal name published prior to 1951 to be considered a
1 Contribution no. 67 of the Allan Hancock Foundation, The University
of Southern California.
2 Subgeneric names are not considered in the determination of the number
of taxonomic units comprising a species.
3 Francis Hemming, The Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, vol. 3,
pts. 1/3, pp. 55-62; pts. 4/6, pp. 63-68, London, 1950.
140 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
subspecies unless the original author definitely indicates that
he regards the unit to be of infra-subspecific rank. After 1950,
i.e., January 1, 1951, the procedure is changed so that the original
author must indicate that a proposed unit is a subspecies and
units not so designated are to be considered as infra-subspecific
in rank. Inasmuch as infra-subspecific units are not governed
by the laws of priority and homonymy, the same name is avail-
able to indicate similar features of form in the species compris-
ing a single genus, several genera, etc., e.g., the descriptive name
major could be utilized to indicate forms which are gigantic
monstrosities of the species contained in a single genus, or all
the genera comprising a family, etc. In cases where subsequent
revisers raise infra-subspecific units to the status of subspecific
or specific rank, the promoted unit can be given a new name or
the original infra-subspecific name may be retained. In either
procedure, the reviser's name is attributed to the new unit and
priority commences at the date of the transfer. When the
original infra-subspecific name is transferred particular caution
must be exercised in assuring that the newly promoted unit
name is not a homonym.
The trinominal units can be divided into two major categories
namely, subspecies and infra-subspecific forms. A taxonomic
subspecies is here accepted as being a geographically or repro-
ductively isolated race or population of a polytypic species.*
Infra-subspecific representatives of a species on the other hand,
are considered to be units based on variations occurring in indi-
viduals or groups, and not necessarily confined to a single
population. The infra-subspecific units can be subdivided into
a number of categories, the most significant being genetic po-
tentials of populations, e.g., color phases, increase in the number
of whorls, etc., and ecological variations influenced primarily
by environmental conditions which are evidenced by physio-
logical responses, e.g., thickness of shell, extent of development
of external ornamentation, etc.
While the application of the revisions of the rules may be
more difficult in some fields than in others, these provisions seem
to be especially applicable to the Recent marine mollusks (par-
* See Ernst Mayr, Systematics and the Origin of Species, pp. xiv, 334,
New York, 1942.
April, 1952] the nautilus 141
tieularly for intertidal species). Trinominal assignments of
proposed units require careful consideration. For example, in
a recent issue of The Nautilus the following citation appears,
"Urosalpiiix cinereus Say, var. folly ensis, new form^ [footnote]
^Nomenclatural subspecies." Does the author propose this new
trinominal unit to be a variety, form, or subspecies? Under
the revised rules this confusing usage must be interpreted to be
the proposal of a new subspecies even though the author appar-
ently intended only to indicate the presence of an infra-sub-
specific form.*
While the differentiation between genetic forms and ecologi-
cal varieties of infra-subspecific units is often extremely diffi-
cult, the writer believes that the distinction should be made
when possible. For example, some gastropods which have a
wide ecological tolerance produce a thickened shell lacking or
reduced in development of spines when living in wave shock
areas on an open coast, while representatives of the same species
occurring in protected areas tend to have a thinner, larger shell
with more spinose ornamentation, e.g., Thais (Nucella) laniel-
losa, sensu lato. A number of these ecological varieties have
been given "subspecific" names. On the other hand, varietal
and "subspecific" names have been proposed for genetic con-
stituents of populations of the same species because of the posses-
sion of a color character not possessed by the "type," e.g.,
Tegula gallina tincta. It thus seems advisable to distinguish
between these two basic infra-subspecific categories.
While a number of terms have been proposed to define mi-
nority elements of a rank below the subspecific level, the purpose
of this paper is not to elaborate upon them. Since standardiza-
tion is definitely needed, lest complete nomenclatural chaos re-
sult from the recent changes in the rules. I here recommend
that infra-subspecific units of apparent genetic origin be indi-
cated by using the word form,^ e.g., ^'Polinices (Neverita)
* Systematica (science) and nomenclature (legal rules) should be kept
in separate compartments of one's mind. If a new trivial term be worthy
of publication, it should be given the same nomenclatorial status as a
species, as was done for this (apparently ecologic) form. — H. B. B.
5 The utilization of the Latin equivalents of these, forma and variatio
respectively, would necessitate the use of the feminine gender for the de-
scriptive terms.
142 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
reclusiana Deshayes, 1841, form imperforata Dall, 1909," and
for units of apparent primary ecological influence the word
variety® be used, e.g., "Ostrea lurida Carpenter, 1864, variety
expansa Carpenter, 1864." In both usages, the definite assign-
ment of the proposed trinominal name to an infra-subspecific
status should be made, preferably in the body of the text or at
least as a footnote to the new minority unit.
While it is not my intention of advocating the indiscriminate
use of infra-subspecific names, the above recommendations are
proposed in an effort to obtain a stabilized terminology for taxo-
nomic units of this rank.
A. M. STRONG
Conchology in the United States suffered a severe loss this
past summer in the passing of A, M. Strong, widely known as
a student and systematist and valued as a friend by all who
knew him.
Archibald McClure Strong was born June 18th, 1876, at
Westminster, Calif., son of Robert and Villa Marquis Strong,
and passed away at Balboa, Calif., July 14th, 1951. In 1888,
the family moved to Pasadena. This was his home until after
his graduation from Stanford University in 1899, and during
these years h,e became interested in conchology, as nearly as we
can find out now in association with Senator Delos Arnold in
some of the collecting on which Ralph Arnold later based a
valuable study of the San Pedro Paleontology.
His early business life was spent in the Owens Valley (Inyo
County, Calif.) as a mining and civil engineer. Among his
activities here were work as Inyo County Surveyor, as chief
engineer of the fabulous Cerro Gordo Mine, and an early survey
of the Searles Lake potash deposits. At this time, he collected
the first new molluscan species which I find credited to him —
Sonorella (now Micrarionta) argus Edson.
In 1911 he moved his family to Los Angeles where he prac-
ticed as a consulting engineer for many years before retiring
to Balboa.
He became a member of the Conchologieal Club of Southern
April, 1952] the nautilus 143
California in 1920 and was first elected to its presidency in
1927, filling that office several times.
After his retirement from business, he devoted much time
to the classification of the shells collected by several scientific
expeditions to the west coast of Central and South America, and
alone, or in collaboration with various other conchologists, pub-
lished a large number of valuable papers on conchology.
Among the organizations to which he belonged were : Ameri-
can Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, California
Academy of Sciences, Southern California Academy of Sciences,
American Malacological Union and the San Diego Society of
Natural History. He will be greatly missed by all these groups.
He is survived by a daughter, Mrs. Lincoln Clark, and 3
grandchildren all of Balboa, Calif, to whom his fellow concholo-
gists have expressed their sincere sympathy. — Elsie M. Chace.
NOTES AND NEWS
Annual Report A. M. U. for 1951. — Due to an error in bind-
ing, some of the 1951 report bulletins of the American Malaco-
logical Union are incomplete. Since the missing pages affect the
membership list, this omission may cause inconvenience. The
secretary requests that those members who received these faulty
booklets notify her, and a correct copy will be mailed at once. —
Margaret Teskey.
Another California Neritina. — Some years age (Nautilus,
v. 22, no. 8, p. 93, 1907), I reported a find on the beach at La
Jolla, California, of what I believed to be the species then known
as Neritina picta Sowerby (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 201,
1832) but which we must now call Neritina luteofasciata Miller
(Malak. Blatt., n. s., v. 1, p. 168, 1879). Concerning the specific
identity of this single specimen, there is some doubt, since the
opportunity to compare it with authentically named material
was not accorded me, and after the passage of nearly half a
century I feel that it would be unwise to attempt its identifica-
tion with anything greater than generic exactitude.
Recently I have been privileged to receive from Miss Sidney
Brown, a resident of La Jolla, another specimen of Neritina
taken from almost the identical locality as the earlier find.
144 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 65 (4)
Its specific affiliation appears to be, however, not with the West
Mexican species but with Neritina virginea (Linnaeus) of the
Atlantic. How its presence so far from home is to be accounted
for I have no idea. The nature of the locality, a sand beach
bounded by rocks below tide level seems to preclude the possi-
bility that it may be established, for Neritina luteofasciata has
a preference for estuarine waters whose salinity is considerably
diluted, and I presume the same to be true of Neritina virginea
as well, although I have never collected that species. Further-
more, vessels do not discard their ballast off the shore at La
Jolla, so that the possibility that these may be ballast shells
seems ruled out. Yet the coincidence, that these two specimens
were taken in so nearly the same place, is of interest and seems
to justify putting the finds on record. — Joshua L. Baily, Jr.
Paravitrea in Kansas. — In the course of work on a manual
of the gastropods of Kansas, the following records have accu-
mulated which represent a northwestward extension of range
from the Ozarkian molluscan faunal province in Arkansas and
Missouri into and beyond that part of the Ozark Plateaux which
extend into the most southeasterly portion of Kansas. Cata-
logue numbers are those in the mollusk collection, Museum of
Natural History, the University of Kansas.
Paravitrea capsella (Gould) : No. 6771, 20 specimens, 7 mi.
E. Baxter Springs, Cherokee Co., Kansas, Sept., 1943, D. S. Fran-
zen, collector.
Paravitrea significans (Bland) : No. 6535, 16 specimens, 7
mi. E. Baxter Springs, Cherokee Co., Kansas, Sept., 1943, D. S.
Franzen, collector; No. 6841, 2 specimens, Pottawatomie Creek,
4-5 mi. N. Garnett, on U. S. Highway 59, Anderson Co., Kansas,
Nov. 18, 1950, Glenn R. Webb and Robert W. Reese, collectors.
Paravitrea simpsoni (Pilsbry) : No. 6763, 1 specimen, 7 mi.
E. Baxter Springs, Cherokee Co., Kansas, Sept., 1943, D. S.
Franzen, collector. — Ernest J. Roscoe, University of Kansas
Biological Survey.
Amnicola pilsbryana, new name. — Charles B. Wurtz has
informed us that our name Amnicola pilshryi, Nautilus, vol.
65(2), p. 50, is preoccupied by that of Bryant Walker, 1906,
Nautilus, vol. 19(10), pp. 116-7. We therefore substitute A.
pilshryana. — Joshua L. Baily, Jr., and Ruth Ingersoll Baily.
Vol. 65 JULY, 1951 No. 1 ^^i
THE
NAUTILUS
A QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Henry A. Pilsbry, Curator of the Department of r MoHtrsca,* "" " "-"' .'"■"'" "-^"^'^
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia sacli ii it; blOiOglCal LaOOratOI
H. BuRRiNGTON Baker, Prof essor of Zoolo^, 11, 1 13 K. -A. Irl "V
University of Pennsylvania _ ,__.
SEP- ^1951
WOODS HOLE. MASS.
CONTENTS
U.^
A new West American Nudibranch Mollusk. By G. D.
Hanna 1
Notes on some Brazilian Planorbidae. By H. A. Pilshry . . 3
New Floridan species of Ostrea and Vermicularia. By Axel
A. Olsson 6
The Molluscan names in Renier's "Tavole." By A. Myra
Keen 8
Key to the Nassariidae of the .West Coast of North America.
By Joan Demond 15
Nomenclatural notes on the Scaphopoda : the subgenus Dent-
ale da Costa. By William K. Emerson 17
The Limacidae and Philomycidae of Pittsylvania County,
Virginia. By Leslie Huhricht 20
Arnold Edward Ortmann as revealed by his letters — II. By
Henry van der Schalie 23
A Distorsio new to the Florida fauna. By A. A. Olsson and
T. L. McGinty 26
Harold Heath, 1868-1951 28
Frank Mace Macfarland, 1869-1951 30
Notes and News 32
Publications received 36
.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy
HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager
University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at
Philadelphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.
THE NAUTILUS
THE NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to tlie study of Mollusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Bubrington Baker.
Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October),
Manuscript should be typewritten and double spaced. Proofs will not be
submitted to authors unless requested.
Eeprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written
ON OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.
4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies $4.30 $6.86 $11.16
100 copies 5.15 8.16 13.73
Additional 100s 1.72 2.58 5.15
Plates (pasted in) : $3.43 for 50 ; additional plates 2.58 each
[Postage Extra]
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Imogene C. Kobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,
Buffalo, N. Y.
EXCHANGE NOTICES
Wanted: One dollar each will be paid for July, 1938, copies of The
Nautilus. Also Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The
Nautilus. Especially vol. 3, nos. 1-4, 6, 7, 9, 10; vol. 4, no. 1; vol.
6, no. 8; vol. 9, no. 1; vol. 13, no. 4; vol. 17, nos. 5, 6, 8, 10; vol. 18,
nos. 3, 9, 11, 12; vol. 19, nos. 7-10; vol. 20, nos. 6-8, 12; vol. 21, all
nos.; vol. 22, all nos.; vol. 23, nos. 4, 5, 7, 10; vol. 24, nos. 7, 11; vol.
25, no. 5; vol. 26, no. 7; vol. 27, nos. 2, 4, 6; vol, 28, no. 12; vol. 31,
no. 1; vol. 47, no. 2; vol. 52, nos. 1, 3, 4; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3 ; or any of
these volumes. Address Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Penna.
For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including
three of the rare L. solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylua.
Send your list to Paul P, McGinty, Boynton, Florida,
For Exchange: Native material for live land Mollusca, especiaUy Cepaea
nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.
Glenn R. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana.
THE NAUTILUS HI
Wanted : Preserved or living viviparid snails, in exchange for local MoUusca.
Glenn E. Webb, Ohio (P.O.), Illinois.
Wanted: Excliange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list
ready. Ask for it, and send yours.
Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of
Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.
Wanted: Eecent and Tertiary Mollusca. Offered: Similar material from
various countries. Apply with list.
J, L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.
Wanted: Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh
water mollusks.
Mrs. H. B. Baker, 11 Chelten Eoad, Havertown, Pa.
Foe Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,
Johnsonia, etc. — for duplicate shells or molluscan literature.
Dr. Walter H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.
Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good
marine specimens, many genera, with data.
Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.
New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.
List of foreign shells for sale on request.
Mrs. F. K. Hadley, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.
Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and
exchanged.
John Q. Burch, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angeles 37, Calif.
IV THE NAUTILUS
TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00
EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) . . . 6.00
WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50
A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00
PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00
All post-paid in U. S. A.
Address author:
MAXWELL SMITH,
Box 65, Windermere, Florida
MOLLUSK LITERATURE
MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY, Pilsbry and Tryon, 1885-
1935, Series II, Pulmonata. Complete in 28 vols., half pig-skin,
some worn, vol. 28 as issued. All volumes with colored plates
save 1-6. 8vo. $360.00.
FERUSSAC and Deshayes, 1820-52, Histoire Naturelle des
Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles, Paris, folio with 247 hand
colored plates. Half-calf. Fine copy. $225.00.
Offered for sale by: Richard I. Johnson, 41 Bow Road, Bel-
mont, Massachusetts. WRITE FOR COMPLETE LIST.
Vol. 65 OCTOBER, 1951 No. 2
THE
NAUTILUS
A QUAETEELY
DEVOTED TO THE INTEEESTS OF COlilCHQLOQiSTS
; h
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS ^
Henry A. Pilsbry, Curator of the Departmeit of Mgjlps^^ .^\.£t^£r
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philad ^Iphia 3
H. BuRRiNGTON Baker, Professor of i oologyj •iQV \ [) ]95l
University of Pennsylvania
CONTENTS
i mms Bioiogicai Laboratory
:yMQVl 0 1951
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
I—
Dredging from the Cruiser Triton. By Arthur B. Thomp-
son, Paul L. and Thomas L. McGinty 37
A Peculiar Genus of Vitrinellidae. By H. A. Pilshry and
A. A. Olsson 43
New Species of Epitoniidae and Vitrinellidae from Panama
City. By Axel A. Olsson and Maxwell Smith 44
Further Observations on the Mollusca of the Relict Lakes
in the Great Basin. By Joshua L. Baily, Jr., and
Buth Ingersoll Baily 46
Arion Intermedins (Normand) near Buffalo, N. Y. By
Margaret C. Teskey 54
Olive Shells on Opposite Shores of the Gulf of California.
By D. S. and E. W. Gifford 55
Three New Land Snails from Eastern United States. By
Leslie Huhricht 57
A Report on Land Snails of the Jackson Hole Region, Wy-
oming. By Lorna R. Levi and Herhert W. Levi .... 60
American Malacological Union, 1951 66
Harold R. Robertson 68
Notes and News 69
Publications Received 71
.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy
HOEACE B. BAKEE, Business Manager
University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa. *
Entered as Second-ClaBS matter. October 29, 1032, at the Post Office at
Philadelphia. Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.
THE NAUTILUS
THE NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of MoUusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrington Baker.
Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).
Manuscript should he typewritten and douile spaced. Proofs vdW not be
submitted to authors unless requested.
Eeprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written
ON OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.
4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies $4.30 $6.86 $11.16
100 copies 5.15 8.16 13.73
Additional 100s 1.72 2.58 5.15
Plates (pasted in): $3.43 for 50; additional plates 2.58 each
[Postage Extra]
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,
Buffalo, N. Y.
EXCHANGE NOTICES
Wanted: One dollar each will be paid for July, 1938, copies of The
Nautilus. Also Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The
Nautilus. Especially vol. 3, nos. 1-4, 6, 7, 9, 10; vol. 4, no. 1; vol.
6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vol. 13, no. 4; vol. 17, nos. 5, 6, 8, 10; vol. 18,
nos. 3, 9, 11, 12; vol. 19, nos. 7-10; vol. 20, nos. 6-8, 12; vol. 21, all
nos.; vol. 22, all nos.; vol. 23, nos. 4, 5, 7, 10; vol. 24, nos. 7, 11; vol.
25, no. 5; vol. 26, no. 7; vol. 27, nos. 2, 4, 6; vol. 28, no. 12; vol. 31,
no. 1; vol. 47, no. 2; vol. 52, nos. 1, 3, 4; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3 ; or any of
these volumes. Address Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Penna.
For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including
three of the rare L. solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.
Send your list to Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.
For Exchange: Native material for live land MoUusca, especially Cepaea
nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.
Glenn E. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana.
THE NAUTILUS HI
Wanted : Preserved or living viviparid snails, in exchange for local Mollusca.
Glenn R. Webb, Ohio (P.O.), Illinois.
Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list
ready. Ask for it, and send yours.
Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of
Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.
Wanted: Recent and Tertiary Mollusca. Offered: Similar material from
various countries. Apply with Ust.
J. L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.
Wanted : Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh
water mollusks.
Mrs. H. B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
For Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,
JoHNSONiA, etc. — for duplicate shells or molluscan literature.
Dr. Walter H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.
Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good
marine specimens, many genera, with data.
Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.
New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.
List of foreign shells for sale on request.
Mrs. F, K. Hadley, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.
Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and
exchanged.
John Q. Burch, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angelas 37, Calif,
IV THE NAUTILUS
TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00
EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) ... 6.00
WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50
A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00
PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00
All post-paid in V. S. A.
Address author:
MAXWELL SMITH,
Box 65, Windermere, Florida
MOLLUSK LITERATURE
MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY, Pilsbry and Tryon, 1885-
1935, Series II, Pulmonata. Complete in 28 vols., half pig-skin,
some worn, vol. 28 as issued. All volumes with colored plates
save 1-6. 8vo. $360.00.
FERUSSAC and Deshayes, 1820-52, Histoire Naturelle des
MoUusques terrestres et fluviatiles, Paris, folio with 247 hand
colored plates. Half-calf. Fine copy. $225.00.
Offered for sale by : Richard I. Johnson, 41 Bow Road, Bel-
mont, Massachusetts. WRITE FOR COMPLETE LIST.
Vol. 65 JANUARY, 1952 No. 3
T* H R
NAUTILUS
A QUAETERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Henry A. Pilsbry, Curator of the Department of Mollusca,
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3
H. BuRRiNGTON Baker, Profcssor of Zoology,
University of Pennsylvania
CONTENTS
Barnca truncata (Say) at South Cape May, New Jersey.
By Robert C. Alexander 73
Mollusean shells occupied by tanaids. By Arthur D. How-
ard 74
A new record of Helix aspersa Miiller. By Howard Knight 75
A new Terehra (hoffmeyeri) from the Philippines. By B.
Tucker Abbott 77
Three new species of Triodopsis from North Carolina. B}'
Leslie Hubricht 80
Crepidula maculosa Conrad. By Dale V. Stingley 83
Further observations on the Mollusca of the relict lakes in
the Great Basin. By Joshua L. Baity, Jr. and Ruth
Ingersoll Baily 85
An old problem in naiad nomenclature. By Henry van der
SchaUe 93
A rich locality in the New York City area. By Roger Bretet
and Edwin J. Carswell 100
A South African species of Fauxulus. By H. A. Pilsbry . . 102
The mollusks of Berks County, Pennsylvania. By Robert
A. Heilman 103
Notes and news 105
Publications received 107
.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy
HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager
University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at
Philadelphia. Pa., under the Act of MatBh 0. lOTOi ■ ■« ■■■
Marine Biological Laboratory
MAR -3 1952
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
THE NAUTILUS
THE NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of MoUusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrington Baker.
Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).
Manuscript should be typewritten and double spaced. Proofs will not be
submitted to authors unless requested.
Eeprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written
ON OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.
4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies $4.30 $6.86 $11,16
100 copies 5.15 8.16 13.73
Additional 100s 1.72 2.58 5.15
Plates (pasted in): $3.43 for 50; additional plates 2.58 each
[Postage Extra]
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,
Buffalo, N. Y.
EXCHANGE NOTICES
Wanted : Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially, vol. 3 ;
vol. 4, no. 1; vol. 6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vols. 17 to 24; vol. 25, no.
5; vols. 26, 27; vol. 52; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3; vols. 54 to 58; vol. 59, no.
1 ; vol. 60, no. 2. Some nos. of volumes listed are in stock, but others
are desired. Address Horace B. Baker, Univ. Penna. Zoo. Lab.,
Philadelphia 4.
For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including
three of the rare L. solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.
Send your list to Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.
Fob Exchange: Native material for live land Mollusca, especially Cepaea
nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.
Glenn E. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana.
THE NAUTILUS 111
Wanted : Preserved or living viviparid snails, in exchange for local MoUusca.
Glenn R. Webb, Ohio (P.O.), Illinois,
Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list
ready. Ask for it, and send yours.
Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of
Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.
Wanteds Recent and Tertiary MoUusca. Offered: Similar material from
various countries. Apply with list.
J. L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.
Wanted: Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh
water mollusks.
Mrs. H. B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
For Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,
Johnsonia, etc. — for duplicate shells or moUuscan literature.
Dr. Walter H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.
Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good
marine specimens, many genera, with data.
Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.
New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.
List of foreign shells for sale on request.
Mrs. F. K. Hadley, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.
Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and
exchanged.
John Q. Burch, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angeles 37, Calif.
Translations of German, French and Spanish shell literature done in ex-
change for shells, shell literature, duplicates or money.
Morris K. Jacobson, 455 B. 139 St., Roekaway Beach, New York.
IT THE NAUTILUS
TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00
EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) ... 6.00
WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50
A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00
PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00
All post-paid in U. S. A.
Address author:
MAXWELL SMITH,
Box 65, Windermere, Florida
INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS
Volumes 35-60
Compiled by Aurele La Rocque
The index to The Nautilus for volumes 35 through 60 is now available
for distribution. Copies may be procured from the University of
Michigan Press, 311 Maynard Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan. The book
is made up in the same format as the First Index, is cloth bound and
divided into tv^o sections, an author index and an index to genera and
species.
Pages: 322, frontispiece Price: $5.00
I V' - « ■■■■
j Marine, 'Biological Laboratory
Vol. 65 APRIL, 1952 J ^ i b r .^No. 4
^ — ^JUN9" ijoz
THE
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
NAUTILUS
A QUAETERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Henry A. Pilsbry, Curator of the Department of MoUusca,
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3
H, BuRRiNGTON Baker, ProfessoT of Zoology,
University of Pennsylvania
CONTENTS
Some interesting localities on a collecting trip to Mexico. By
Morris K. Jacohson 109
Shells collected by the Peabody Museum Expedition to the
Near East. I. Mollusks from the Persian Gulf. By F.
Haas. II. Land and freshwater shells 114
Some marine shells used by prehistoric Indians in Ecuador.
By Robert J. Drake 120
Some mollusean trails in Prince William County, Virginia.
By Frank L. Jeffries 122
Some mollusks from Door Co., Wisconsin. By Alan Salem . . 127
The stratigraphic composition of a woodland gastropod pop-
ulation. By Philip H. Krutsch 130
Introduced species of land snails in New Jersey. By Robert
C. Alexander 132
Studies on mollusk populations : II. By R. Stohler 135
The generic name Pseudotrochus. By H. A. Pilsbry 137
Infra-subspecific terminology in marine mollusks. By Wil-
liam K. Emerson 139
A. M. Strong 142
Notes and news 143
$2.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy
HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager
University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at
Philadelphia. Pa., under the Act of March 3. 1879.
U THE NAUTILUS
THE NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of MoUusks, edited and pub-
lished by Heney a. Pilsbry and H. Bubeington Bakee.
Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).
Manuscript should be typewritten and double spaced. Proofs will not be
submitted to authors unless requested.
Repeints are furnished at printer's rates. Ordees should be written
ON OE ATTACHED TO FIEST PAGE OF MANUSCEIPT.
4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies $4.30 $6.86 $11.16
100 copies 5.15 8.16 13.73
Additional 100s 1.72 2.58 5.15
Plates (pasted in): $3.43 for 50; additional plates 2.58 each
[Postage Extra]
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Imogene C. Eobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,
Buffalo, N. Y.
EXCHANGE NOTICES
Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially, vol. 3;
vol. 4, no. 1; vol. 6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vols. 17 to 24; vol. 25, no.
5; vols. 26, 27; vol. 52; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3; vols. 54 to 58; vol. 59, no.
1; vol. 60, no. 2. Some nos. of volumes listed are in stock, but others
are desired. Address Horace B. Bakee, Univ. Penna. Zoo. Lab.,
Philadelphia 4.
Wanted : Preserved or living viviparid snails, in exchange for local MoUusca.
Glenn R. Webb, Ohio (P.O.), Illinois.
For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including
three of the rare L. solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.
Send your list to Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.
Fob Exchange: Native material for live land Mollusca, especially Cepaea
nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.
Glenn R. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana.
THB NAUTILUS Ul
Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list
ready. Ask for it, and send jours.
De. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Moseom of
Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.
Wanteds Kecent and Tertiary Mollusca. Offered: Similar material from
various countries. Apply with list.
J. L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.
Wanted: Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh
water moUusks.
Mes. H. B. Bakes, 11 Chelten Boad, Havertown, Pa.
Fob Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,
JoHNSONiA, etc. — for duplicate shells or molluscan literature.
De. Waltee H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.
Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good
marine specimens, many genera, with data.
Gilbeet Geau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.
For Exchange : Sixty species of Cypraea, including rare local varieties, from
Red Sea and Indian Ocean.
Darrell Bates, Secretariat, Hargeisa, Somaliland Protectorate.
New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.
List of foreign shells for sale on request.
Mes. F. K. Hadlet, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.
Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and
exchanged.
John Q. Buech, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angeles 37, Calif.
Translations of German, French and Spanish shell literature done in ex-
change for shells, shell literature, duplicates or money.
MoEBis K. Jacobson, 455 B. 139 St., Roekaway Beach, New York.
IV THE NAUTILUS
TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00
EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) . . . 6.00
WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50
A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00
PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00
All post-paid in V. S. A.
Address author:
MAXWELL SMITH,
Box 65, Windermere, Florida
INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS
Volumes 35-60
Compiled by Aurele La Rocque
The index to The Nautilus for volumes 35 through 60 is now available
for distribution. Copies may be procured from the University of
Michigan Press, 311 Maynard Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan. The book
is made up in the same format as the First Index, is cloth bound and
divided into two sections, an author index and an index to genera and
species.
Pages : 322, frontispiece Price : $5.00
MBL WHOl VlP.Sfi'il^iy
UH 17XG K
I :
i
'' ?;
:|||ii||||
aiiiiiPS:
M
'.',',:,' i\
:'
ili!i!i!l!
li
Mr
\m
^"^^^^B^: